أشرف عثمان للإلكترونيات
أهلا وسهلا بكم ونتمنى أن تستفيد معنا


schematic-VIDEO CASSETTE-monitor-service manual SHASSIS Panasonic Philips SAMSUNG SANYO SHARP SONY toshiba Aiwa AKAI DAEWOO Goldstar HYUNDAI VIDEO Grundig Hitachi JVC LG Mitsubishi National NEC ORION VESTEL Corus-Repair-Plasma-LCD
 
الرئيسيةالتسجيلدخول
https://twitter.com/ashraf69osman--- https://www.facebook.com/ashraf.osman.73-- https://plus.google.com/u/0/+ashraf5914

شاطر | 
 

 مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma

استعرض الموضوع السابق استعرض الموضوع التالي اذهب الى الأسفل 
انتقل الى الصفحة : الصفحة السابقة  1, 2, 3, 4  الصفحة التالية
كاتب الموضوعرسالة
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   السبت نوفمبر 20, 2010 8:17 pm

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

TCL L32E9



TCL L32E9

Matrix - AU31X2CARRTW6TW183R02WQ
BP - VIPer22A & 2SK3568
Main board:
Tuner - 07-389F15-NA5G
Percent-p - under the hood, under the radiator
U001 - STA333BW
U601 - TDA9885STS
Ext. Fee:
Video prts. U4-under sink
U6, U12 - K4S64 1632K-UC60
U8 - label: - THP2451 V8-00DM71D-LFX001
Inverter:
Tr-algebra - T916 Y7L4-7units.
M1 - 0Z9968SN
M2 - 78JR6YK G4
Q51 - Q58 - T1405


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]........[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]



الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   السبت نوفمبر 20, 2010 8:17 pm

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Techno TS-LCD-3225

Techno TS-LCD-3225

Contents:
CMO CM2681A-KQ KE5M6PA028
24L28
Hunix 6228
LX1692IDW
SDA7297
TDQ-6FT/W116X - Tuner
Inverter - 4H.B0700.001 DARFON B070-001
Trances 3pc .- 4301H 721014 (GP)
TNY275PN K708 - Power Supply
TLM 3233D
V320B1-L07 - display
13w - 8Ohm - speakers 2pcs.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]....[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]....[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]




الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   السبت نوفمبر 20, 2010 8:18 pm

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Thomson 32LB120S4

Thomson 32LB120S4

Fee 030 94V-0:
Micronas MAD 4868A \ A1 4386.11 LK F
BENQ EU A V09 (2004 SEP 07)
MSP 3415G

Fee BENQ 48.M4001.A00:
PW1230
PW166B
VPC 3230D C5
AD9883A KST-110
M043 511 \ 29LV80089TC-70
T0041101 \ THC63LVDM83A

Fee sound 48.M2520.A00
CK6694V-0
TDA7490L

PSU 54.M2207.011.REV.C:
19.20224.001
19.40010.001
20N60C
W12NK807
1CY103
UC3843A (planar)
M101AC
L65610

Matrix: V296W1-L14 REV.C2

Inverter:
DARFON V144-001 \ 48.V1448.001 / F
Trances 8 pieces 4009A434158
OZ960


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة].......[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]





الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   السبت نوفمبر 20, 2010 8:19 pm

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

TOSHIBA 26WL66Zs

TOSHIBA 26WL66Zs

Panel: T260XW02
T-Con: T315XWO1_V5
AUO-016K1 0639 T039
EM638325TS-66

Main: PE0119 V28A000163A1
FLI8548H-LF
HY5DU281622ETP-4
TMDS341

Meals: PE0117 N-1 V28A00016401
STR-Z4569 (?)
STR-W6765

Fee Stabilization / switching: PE0117 N-2 V28A00016402
BA00JC5W
KIA7809A
D2396 - 2pcs
CE-1059 - 4pcs

Inverter: VIT71014.50 LOGAH REV.2
OZ964SN
LM393 - 2 pieces
LM358
LM339
78M05
D413 - 4 pcs
D454 - 4 pcs
Trances: T51-0084-211 - 8 pieces

Payment AV: PE0118 A-1 V28A00016501
MSP 3410G C12
TA8246AHQ
CD4053B - 2pcs
CD4052B
T5CB5-6G52
Tuner: ENG37A13GF

Console: CT-90253



[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]..........[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]





الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   السبت نوفمبر 20, 2010 8:20 pm

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

VESTEL VR15720TFT-S chassis 17MB20-1


TV VESTEL Model: VR15720TFT-S chassis 17MB20-1
Percent: TSU36AWL-M-LF
Percent: VCT49X3G PZ F1 000 79Z2F
Memory: 24C64P
Sound: TDA2822M-2pcs.
Tuner: UVB / A I4-4
PSU: IOR P 633H -2 pc. ; 317D2T-2pcs.
Trans-algebra: ERC-19
Products: BD6T1V-2pcs


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]......[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]





الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   السبت نوفمبر 20, 2010 8:21 pm

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

ملحوظة يجب ألآ تحمل أكثر من 4 ملفات يوميا هذا هو المسموح به فى الموقع الأجنبى حيث أن الملفات مباشرة على الموقع وهذا للعضو الغير ذهبى أو لغير المشتركين

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
تحياتى للجميع وإلى اللقاء فى الموضوع القادم



الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
RADIOTV
عضو جديد
عضو جديد


عدد المساهمات : 1
تاريخ التسجيل : 24/08/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الإثنين فبراير 14, 2011 10:58 pm

10000000000000000000000000000 شكر
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 5:47 pm

Inverters for LCD-panel LC130V01, LC150X01 and LC201V02





In [1] was presented a detailed description of TFT LCD-panel
LC130V01, LC150X01 and LC201V02. All these panels are illuminated by
fluorescent lamps with cold cathode (CCFL - Cold Cathode Fluorescent
Lamp). Number, size and power of the backlight in these panels are
different. This means that we must vary the scheme and design of
inverters - sites that provide ignition and steady glow of these lamps.
This paper presents three schemes for inverters used in the television
chassis LC13EAA Company PHILIPS (one for each of the panels), a
description of these schemes and some of the characteristic fault. This
theme is very relevant, since the inverter - this is one of the most
unreliable sites LCD-TVs and monitors.
PHILIPS firm uses TV, collected on the chassis LC13EAA, TFT LCD-panel
LC130V01, LC150X01 and LC201V02 production LG.PHILIPS LCD Co., Ltd. All
necessary information about these panels has been published [1].
Described in this article circuits - are fragments of various TV
circuits on chassis LC13E AA company PHILIPS.
As a backlight TFT LCD-panels are used fluorescent lamps CCFL.
Inverter circuits for different backlight LCD-panels can be completely
different. Differences are determined by capacity and the number of
backlight (see Table 1.) As well as manufacturers of inverters.
In any case, the node inverter provides a mode of ignition with a
"soft launch" and the stabilization of current fluorescent lamps in the
steady glow, and thus provides stabilization of the backlight.
Difference from conventional CCFL lamps fluorescent lamps is that
ignition voltage (1100 ... 1430 V) greater than the operating voltage
almost half (850 ... 1100 V) and the operating frequency of CCFL lamps
is in the range 40 ... 80 kHz (see Table. 1).




OptionsPanel TypeLC130V01LC150X01LC201V02
Ignition voltage, V850…1100870…11301100…1430
Operating voltage, V540…655550…655700…825
Operating frequency, kHz50…8050…7040…60
Power consumption, W445,1
Number of CCFL lamps466
Table 1. Options backlights in TFT LCD-panel LC130V01, LC150X01 and LC201V02




The composition of each inverter to power the backlight consists of the following sites:

  • Boost Converter DC power into high voltage AC;
  • Balanced circuit;
  • Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) and its control scheme;
  • scheme is run;
  • protection circuit against over voltage and current.





It should be noted that the inverters LCD-Monitor uses the same
principles as in inverters LCD-TVs. With schematics and methods of
troubleshooting a number of LCD-monitors can be found in [2], and we
consider three inverters for LCD-panels used in a number of budget TVs.



Inverter for LCD-panel LC130V01



The scheme of this inverter is shown in Fig. 1.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig. 1 Schematic diagram of the inverter node IN (INVERTER PANEL 13 ")


On board inverter node C5 through connector CN1 enters the supply
voltage of 12 V and a signal ON / OFF (ON / OFF), which is used as a
signal BACK_LIGHT_EN. When the voltage of this signal is small (2 V),
the transistors Q1, Q4, Q6 will be locked, and Q5 is closed. It bypasses
the transition "gate-source" the FET Q8, keeping it closed.
The inverter is switched on when the signal voltage ON / OFF exceed
2.5 V. In this case, open transistors Q1, Q4, and transistors Q5, Q6 and
Q4 will be managed by chip U1.
The basis of the inverter is a push-pull sine wave generator using
transistors Q9, Q10 type 2SD1804T and transformers T1, T2. The operating
frequency of the generator is 45 kHz. In this oscillator circuit, in
addition to the primary windings of transformers T1 and T2, consists of
capacitors C10, C11. Resistors R19 and R20 provide the initial
displacement of transistors Q9, Q10. Positive feedback in the generator
by means of winding of the transformer T1 01.06. Four CCFL lamps are
connected to two secondary high voltage windings of transformers 7.10 T1
and T2 through the balanced resonant circuit (C30, C31, L30, R30 ...
R33, C32, C33, L31, R34, R35, R36, R39) and a separate two -pin CN2 -
CN5. This ensures stable operation of the scheme with a large spread of
parameters of lamps, especially when they are aging.
Zener diodes D6, D7, D32 and D33 are used as two-way threshold
device, which opens when a voltage of 150 V and facilitates the launch
of the scheme. Resistor R38 - sensor overload. Diode Arrays D30, D31 -
this feedback sensors for the PWM. Itself provides a PWM inverter output
voltage stabilization. It is assembled at two OC chip U1 type LM339A
and output push-pull manner to transistors Q5 and Q6. Field-effect
transistor Q4, connected between the pin. 13 chips U1 and bases of
transistors Q5 and Q6, is used as key on / off the inverter. Push-pull
output transistors Q5 and Q6 switch directly control the field-effect
transistor Q8. Moreover, when the Q5 is closed and opened Q6, transistor
Q8 will be locked. Then Q5 open, and Q6 is closed, transistor Q8 will
be opened. The greater part of the period Q8 will be opened, the greater
the voltage on filter capacitor C2, hence, more voltage generator and
the inverter output voltage.
Transistor Q3 and diode D1 - is a parametric voltage of 5 V, which is
fed from chip U1, and the transistor Q2 - the key that controls the
inclusion of the stabilizer.
Zener D4 (18), resistor R21 and diode D5 - a threshold device, which
protects the circuit from overload with increasing voltage to 18 V or
more.
On the transistors Q14, Q53, Q51, Q50, Q7 and the diode D34 assembled
circuit overload protection with a significant increase of load
current.


Inverters for LCD-panel LC150X01 and LC201V02


These inverters are assembled in markedly different from the above
scheme. Schematic diagrams of each of these inverters are divided into
two units: IN1 and IN2. Schematic diagram of the inverter for panel
LC150X01 shown in Fig. 2 and 3, and for the panel LC201V02 - Fig. 4 and
5.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig. 2 Schematic diagram of the inverter node IN1 (INVERTER PANEL 15 ")





[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig. 3 Schematic diagram of the inverter node IN2 (INVERTER PANEL 15 ")




[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig. 4 Schematic diagram of the inverter node IN1 (INVERTER PANEL 20 ")



[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig. 5 Schematic diagram of the inverter node IN2 (INVERTER PANEL 20 ")



Common in these schemes with the previous one - only the balanced
circuit, two-way threshold device, circuit overload sensors for voltage
and current, and, in general, the food chain lights. The differences
begin already in the connectors to connect the backlight (see Fig. 1-5
and Table. 2, 3).


Connectors Conclusions № Type №№ Appointment
CN2 BHRD03VSD1 1 High voltage output (HE) lamp 1
2 BB Lamp 2
3 BB lamp 3
CN3 PHRD3 1 Low voltage output (HB) lamp 1
2 HB Lamp 2
3 HB lamp 3
CN4 PHRD3 1 HB four lamp
2 HB lamp 5
3 HB lamp 6
CN5 BHRD03VSD1 1 BB lamp 4
2 BB lamp 5
3 BB lamp 6
Table 2. Pin out connectors backlight inverter TV 15 "





ConnectorsConclusions № Type №№ Appointment
CN2BHSR-05VS-11BB lamp 1
2BB Lamp 2
3Free
4HB lamp 1
5HB Lamp 2
CN3BHSR-02VS-11BB lamp 3
2HB lamp 3
CN4BHSR-02VS-11BB lamp 3
2HB lamp 3
CN5BHSR-05VS-11BB lamp 6
2BB lamp 5
3Free
4HB lamp 6
5HB lamp 5
Table 3. Pin out connectors backlight inverter TV 20 "




Consider the schematics of these inverters. The basis of all these
schemes is a specialized chip OZ960 and powerful complementary pair of
MOS transistors AO4600 in one case. Assigning pins OZ960
SSOP20 in the body is given in Table. 4, a powerful complementary pair
of MOS transistors in the housing AO4600 SOICD8 - Table. 5.
High-voltage transformers T1, T2, both inverters are controlled
bridge circuits for complementary pairs of MOS transistors AO4600. And,
in the inverter for panel LC201V02 in each bridge, there are two such
pairs. U2, U3 - the first bridge (see Fig. 4) and U4, U5 - the second
bridge (see Fig. 5). Each pair included half a mile.
In the inverter for LC150X01 in each bridge is used on three
complementary pairs. U2, U3, U6 - the first bridge (see Fig. 2) and U4,
U5, U8 - the second bridge (see Fig. 3). One of the half-bridge in each
of these bridges consists of two complementary pairs are parallel. Such
inclusion is associated with the asymmetry PWM signal. Inverter board
for the LCD-panel LC150X01 powered with 12 V, and for LC201V02 - voltage
of 24 V. Therefore, parallel connection of base pairs in only one
(overloaded) half-bridge facilitates the thermal regime of these pairs
at low voltage, and hence for bolshem load current, than in the inverter
for panel LC201V02.
Despite the fact that the circuits for inverters and panels LC150X01
LC201V02 differ somewhat, the positional number of active elements are
the same number of stages:


  • Q8, D15 (Fig. 2, 4) - 5 V regulator to power U1;
  • Q3, Q11 (Fig. 2, 4) - the scheme include;
  • Q1 (Fig. 2 and Fig. 4) - Key scheme a "soft launch";
  • Q22 (Fig. 3, 5) - Key protection circuits against overcurrent;
  • U7A, D2, Q2, Q4 (Fig. 3, 5) - the circuit overload protection low voltage power supply;
  • U7B (Fig. 3, 5) - comparator circuits control the brightness.



When repairing the inverter is important to know some of the
characteristic voltage on pins U1-type OZ960. Thus, at the pin. A
voltage should be about 0 V on pin. 2 - about 0.8 ... 0.9 V, and at the
entrance to the "soft launch" at startup - about 4 V. The output of
error amplifier (vyv. 10) DC voltage should be slightly larger than the
input of feedback - pin . 9 (usually on the pin. 10 - from 1.32 ... 1.35
V, and the pin. 9 - 1.24 ... 1.25 V). There is little difference
between the permanent component at the output management of MIS
transistors with p-and n-channels. On the pin. 12 and 19 a constant
voltage of 2.7 V, and the pin. 11 and 20 - about 2.5 V.




№ ODesignationAppointment
1CTIMRCapacitor, giving the time of ignition
2OVPInput overvoltage protection (threshold - 2)
3ENAEnable input (active - high)
4SSTCapacitor circuits "soft launch"
5VDDASupply voltage
6AGNDGeneral analogue of the chip
7REFWithdrawal of the reference voltage 2,5 V
8RT1Resistor, giving the frequency of ignition
9FBLog CCA current CCFL lamps
10CMPAmplifier output error signal
11NDR_DControl output MOS transistor with an n-channel
12PDR_CControl output MOS transistor with a p-channel
13LPWMOutput PWM dimming glow lamps
14DIMLog dimming glow lamps (CCFL)
15LCTGPN capacitor circuits for brightness control
16PGNDThe overall circuit chip
17RTVremyazadayuschaya chain, which determines the operating frequency of RT
18CTVremyazadayuschaya chain, which determines the operating frequency of CT
19PDR_AControl output MOS transistor with a p-channel
20NDR_BControl output MOS transistor with an n-channel
Table 4. Pin assignment OZ960 chip in the housing SSOP20





Failure of inverters, their diagnosis and repair



Backlight in operation are not included (the image is kind of low-contrast, barely noticeable "shadow")
When such a failure in the first place to check the voltage and power
circuit inverter - on pins 6, 7, 8 connectors CN1 (12 to LC130V01,
LC150X01 and 24 for LC201V02). You should also check the fuse F1 on
board inverter. If it burned, it is necessary to check the power supply
circuit inverter short-circuit (SC). Just make sure not to short
circuit, replace the fuse and produce a re-inclusion. Also check the
serviceability of the stabilizer 5 V transistor Q3 (13 "panel) or Q8 (15
- and 20" panel).
If the voltage supply circuit is normal, you should check for a
signal included in the track 5 connector CN1 (log level. "1" in the
operating mode) and the inclusion of the schema itself (see above). In
the absence of high-level track 5 CN1 in production mode, you can submit
it through a resistor 33 ohms force from the source of 5 V to the base
of transistor Q1 (13 "panel) or Q3 (15" - 20 "panel). Inverters TV sets
with panels 15 "and 20" 5 V can be submitted directly to the pin. 3
chips U1 (OZ960), excluding the transistor drive circuit. If the light
turns on, the inverter is defective, the defect must be sought in the
node C5 TV.

If on command is present, or, if forced to run the lights failed,
check the operation of the generator transformer with an oscilloscope by
viewing the diagram of stresses at the bases of transistors Q9 and Q10
(13 "panel, Fig. 1) or on the findings of 11, 12 and 19, 20 chip U1. If
there is no generation, you should check these items by the replacement.
Another reason why there is such a defect - it is the presence of short
circuits in the load and / or the windings of transformers, inverters.
In this case, first check capacitors (the leak-probe) and the presence
of burnout in the board and connectors backlight.
And one more note. When checking and repairing the inverter in a
standalone mode, remember that the inverter can not start without load
and with a very low load. In this case, as equivalent to the load
instead of backlight is convenient to use 2 W resistors and nominal
value of 100 ohms.
The inverter turns on and turns itself off after a short time (from 1 second to several minutes)
Short flash backlight possible because of poor contact of one or more
lamps in their sockets, as well as the faults themselves lamps.
In a TV with 13 "screen with spontaneous off backlight should check
the security chain of inverters and, above all, diode D5, the current
sensor - resistor R38 and OC U1 (LM339A) (see Fig. 1).
In the TV with a screen 15 "and 20" in this case, check the voltage
on the OVP pin. 2 U1 (see Fig. 2 and 4). If it differs significantly
from the nominal (> 2), then check the voltage protection circuit
connected to this conclusion. If the voltage OVP is normal, you should
check by replacing the capacitor C23, a desired time of ignition
(connected to the pin. 1 chip U1). If the condenser is working properly,
check the voltage on the pin. 9 and 10 U1: the voltage on the pin. 10
should be slightly larger than the pin. 9 (see above). If not, you
should check capacitive divider C12 C21.
Backlight spontaneously "flash"

The cause of this defect is most often themselves Lamp CCFL.
The second possible reason - it's unstable work inverter. To test the
inverter instead of each of the lamps need to include dummy load -
Resistor 100 k 2 W, and in the open circuit power inverter (12/24) -
milliampermetr at the limit of 10 ... 20 mA, then turn on the power
inverter. If the current consumption of the inverter is stable for a
sufficiently long time (half-hour), the inverter can be considered
serviceable. If the inverter is in use, the TVs with a screen 15 "and
20" to check the frequency and symmetry of the ramp voltage on pin. 17
of the controller U1. If you violate the shape and / or frequency of
this voltage is checked by replacing capacitors C14 and C21 (see Fig. 2
and 4).
In the primary circuits of the inverter to the TV screen 13 ", this
defect occurs most often due to faulty chip op-amp U1 (LM339A) or
external components (see Fig. 1).
For such a defect can cause malfunction and elements of the secondary
circuit of inverter, especially transformers and high voltage
capacitors.





№ ODesignationAppointment
1S1The source of MOS transistor with an n-channel
2G1Gate MOS transistor with an n-channel
3S2The source of MOS transistor with a p-channel
4G2Gate MOS transistor with a p-channel
5D2Drain MOS transistor with a p-channel
6D2Drain MOS transistor with a p-channel
7D1Drain MOS transistor with an n-channel
8D1Drain MOS transistor with an n-channel

Table 5. Pin assignment powerful complementary pair of MOS transistors in the housing AO4600 SOIC-8





Literature

1. I. Bezverhny. LCD-panel LC130V01, LC150X01 and LC201V02
production LG.PHILIPS LCD Co., Ltd for television receivers. "Repair
& Service», № 8, 2006.

2. V. Petrov. Device and repair of inverters for LCD monitors. "Repair & Service», № 3, 4, 2005.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 6:06 pm

From the experience of repairing Samsung TV production company "Telebalt"






OOO Telebalt produces television today following brands: Erisson,
Hitachi, Hyundai, JVC, Panasonic, Philips, Samsung. This material has
been prepared based on the experience of pre-trading and warranty repair
Samsung TV production company "Telebalt" carried on the chassis KS7C,
KS9A, S16A/V/C/D, S61A, S65A, KSBA. In addition, the authors used
materials on the site forum . The first article will be considered failures TV Samsung, made on chassis S16A/V/C/D.
Compliance Model - Chassis TV Samsung, produced by LLC "Telebalt" is shown in Table. 1.
Table 1 - line "model - chassis" Samsung TV
Chassis KS7A / C Chassis KS9A Chassis S16A/B/S/D Chassis S61A Chassis S65A Chassis KSBA
CS-15K2MJQ CS-21M20MQQ CS-21M16ZAQ CS-25M20SSQ CS-29Z30HPQ CS-21Z43ZGUSNWT
CS-15K8MJQ CS-21M21MQQ CS-21M20ZQQ CS-25M6SQQ CS-29Z30HSQ CS-21Z43ZGUXNWT
CS-21K30F1Q CS-21N11F1Q CS-21M21ZAQ CS-29A11SSQ CS-29Z40HPQ CS-21Z45ZGUSNWT
CS-21K30MJQ CS-21N11MJQ CS-21M21ZQQ CS-29M20SPQ CS-29Z40HSQ CS-21Z45ZGUXNWT
CS-21M16MAQ CS-21Z30ZAQ CS-29M20SSQ CS-29Z45HPQ CS-21Z47ZGUSNWT
CS-25M20MQQ CS-21Z30ZQQ CS-29M21SQQ CS-29Z45HSQ CS-21Z47ZGUXNWT
CS-25M20ZQQ CS-21Z40ZAQ CS-29M6SQQ CS-29Z47HPQ
CS-25M6MAQ CS-21Z40ZQQ CS-29Z47HSQ
CS-25M6ZAQ CS-21Z45ZQQ CS-29Z50HKQ
CS-29K10MAQ CS-21Z47ZQQ CS-29Z50HPQ
CS-29K10ZAQ CS-21Z50ZQQ CS-29Z50HSQ
CS-29M20ZAQ CS-21Z57ZQQ CS-29Z57HPQ
CS-29Z30ZQQ CS-25M20ZQQ
CS-29Z40ZQQ CS29K3ZQQ
CS-29Z45ZQQ CS-29K5ZQQ
CS-29Z50ZQQ CS-29K30ZQSNWT

The base of the chassis S16A/V/S/D shown in Table. 2.
Table 2 - Basic structure of the chassis S16A/V/S/D
№ The Name Position Number Chassis S16A Chassis S16B Chassis S16C, S16D
1 UOC-processor IC201S TDA12025PQ/N1F80 TDA12025PQ/N1F80 TDA12025PQ/N1F80
2 EEPROM IC902 24S16A 24S16A 24S16A
3 Quartz X201 24.576 MHz 24.576 MHz 24.576 MHz
4 UPS IC801S STR-X6757, STR-W6750F 5Q0765RT STR-X6757, STR-W6750F
5 KR IC301 LA78045 LA78040 LA78045
6 ULF IC602 TDA7297SA TDA8944J TDA7297SA
7 Output transistor Wed Q401 KSD5703 ST2001H1 2SC5936, (J6810A)
8 TDKS T444S FFA61012K FOK14A001 BSC 2901156G AA26-00258A (29-0156G)
9 IC BY IC501 TDA6108JF TDA6109JF TDA6109JF
10 Kinescope A51QDX993X A51QGD991X001
11 OS QPC29-90-54 MDC-2111VA
12 Tuner TU01S TECC0949FS40B (S) TDQ-6L/125S, (AA-40-10007A) TECC0949PL48A (S)
AA40-00162A, TDQ-6L/125S, (AA-40-10007A)

Typical malfunction Samsung TV chassis S16A/V/S/D


Fault switch mode power supply (UPS) and line scan (CP)


Missing startup of the UPS
Defective (breakdown) is one of the diodes D814, 813, 816, 815 or a faulty chip STRW6750F.

Volatile startup of the UPS (and sometimes does not start)
Periodic interruption of the diode D803 Nutrition STRW6750F.

TV is not included, the UPS is operating normally
Defective diode DZ510 (5V).

TV does not turn on all output voltages are underestimated twice
Break in the chain of resistors R921 RESET.

TV does not turn on when UPS load lamp (220 V/60 W) on the food chain CP (hereinafter B +) is a cyclic restart (lamp on and off)
Possible reasons:
- Resistor R821 is increased 2-fold;
- May be present microcrack track to one of the conclusions of the controller STR W6750F;
- Faulty DZ805 (TL431);
- Defective optocoupler PC801S.

TV switched on for 1s (there are all the secondary output voltage of the UPS) and off
On
the pin. A controller STRW6750 there is only 310, and the pin. 4 Meals
"pulsating". Replacement STRW6750, check the electrolytic capacitors,
diodes and circuits in the secondary circuit has not resolved the
problem. When checking the UPS off mode (instead of line scan was loaded
lamp 220 V / 60 W) display a similar defect. The reason - increased
resistor R821 (123 ohms, is in the food chain zener DZ805) to 200 ohms.

TV not included
When UPS load lamp
(220 V/60 W) chain B + fuse bus 12 in the board to the pin. IC802
(78RM33). Supply voltage 125 V appears and immediately disappears. The
reason - faulty IC802 or closure of the resistor R836 on the radiator of
IC802.

TV not included. When UPS load lamp (220
V/60 W) B + circuit, it is weakly "flickers", the voltage on the bus B +
varies from 0 to 20 V

Defective TPI (T801S)

TV is not included, the UPS output voltage correspond to standby operation.
Possible reasons:
- Voltage 3.3 V output regulator IC802 (78RM33) is 2.9 V. The reason - poor quality soldering of the capacitor C905;
- Loss of output quartz X201;
-
Pin. 5 IC902 EEPROM memory chips closed with a pin. 6 (bus SDA and SCL)
In all three cases, because of these reasons, does not work
microcontroller IC201S, so the UPS is in standby mode.

TV does not turn on the power supply 125 Wed underestimated up to 80
Do not set the transistor Q903 (factory marriage) or the closure on the board between the collector Q902 and C921.

TV does not turn on all the supply voltages are normal
Defective microcontroller IC201S (TDA12025PQ/N1F80).

After switching there is no picture, hear the "squeak", "bulging" capacitors on the motherboard S506 CRT (PC)
Reverse the polarity of the capacitor S506 (factory marriage).

TV does not turn triggered protection UPS (power supply unit goes into operation at short circuit in the load)
When
testing without watering Wed output transistor Q401 is determined as
faulty. The reason - the closure of the findings of SOC and COC in the
assembly and as a result - failure of the CD chip IC301.

TV does not turn triggered protection
Defective
(broken) line scan output transistor Q401. After replacing the
transistor and turn on the TV three times in "hush" UPS, the sound of it
goes to the whistle, warm, and again goes down transistor Q401, as well
as heats and swells capacitor S403 (1mkF x 160). Check supply voltage,
replacement TDKS and OS did not help. Reason - failure of IC903
(KA78R08): underestimated output voltage up to 2 instead of 8 V. The
defect model, often with the damaged port for connecting a local
keyboard and IR receiver RM901 (no reaction to the buttons and remote
control).
Sometimes this damage to the port to connect a local keyboard (15
vyv. output of the microcontroller IC201S) appears as a discrepancy
function key functions specified on the front of the TV. In this case,
remote control with fully preserved. By mutual consent of the client and
the master microcontroller (due to cost and limited availability) can
not be replaced.
In the absence of stabilizer circuits controlled KA78R08 (IC903), you
can collect its counterpart in the discrete elements of this scheme
(see Fig. 5):

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 5. Analogue controlled stabilizer KA78R08 on discrete elements

TV does not turn the LED on the front of the LD901 is not lit
Defective
microcontroller IC201S (TDA12025PQ/N1F80), on the bus instead of his
power 3,3 - 2,7 ... 2.9 V. The remaining supply voltages corresponding
to the standby mode, also were reduced: instead of 90 in 86 B, instead
of the 12B - 6 B, and instead of 5 V - 4.5 V.

TV is not included in the operating mode
In
standby mode, the voltage V + is equal to 140 V. When checking the UPS
in standalone mode (instead of the line scan - Tungsten 220 x 100 W) B +
voltage is equal to 113 V. When you try to enable
in working mode voltage "squander" up to 97 V, the UPS can be heard a
sound like the "crunch", the LED on the front panel blinks 5 times, and
the pin. 73 IC201S (H-OUT) appear and disappear trigger pulse Wed The
reason - faulty TDKS.

TV does not turn triggered protection
There is no supply voltage 3,3 V due to a malfunction of the microcontroller IC201S - the breakdown of food.

TV may not be included, and if enabled, the screen periodically appears and disappears on-screen menu
Interruption of printed conductor about 3 output IC901 (3,3 V).

TV is not included, the UPS restarts ("ticking" sound)
A
faulty diode D404 (DGP30L) and the transistor Q404 (FQP630). After the
replacement TV to work, but is very hot Q404, with the geometric
distortion of the raster is not observed. Strong heating above the
transistor characteristic of the chassis, but after replacing the L405
(1 mH) heating reduced to acceptable limits.

No screen, no high (anode) voltage, the voltage B + is too high
Interruption of the primary winding TDKS T444S (FOK 14A001), visually detected swelling of his body.

When you turn on TV, it goes into operation, but the image appears at a constant frequency of about 7-10 seconds to 1-2 seconds
The
image is stretched vertically and horizontally narrower (about 10% of
the nominal size). Color and sound in this case - are normal. The client
connects to the previous occurrence of failure looms.
Test was conducted off-line UPS using incandescent lamps. When you
connect to it instead of the line scanning lamp 220 V / 60 W Voltage UPS
output was absent. By reducing the lamp power to 25 W B + voltage
appears and disappears with a frequency of 1.2 Hz, its value is thus
about 20 V. When testing revealed an interesting feature - if you first
turn on the UPS, and 2-3 seconds to connect the lamp (25-60 W), the UPS
output voltage appears entirely appropriate norm. For some UPS used in
other TV chassis, it is the norm, because the perceived protection
circuits as a current overload. However, the UPS must surely run offline
with the incandescent lamp to 100 watts. Voltage in the standby mode
when it should be 117, and in the working - 125V.
Cause of Failure - Controller IC801S (KA5Q0765R). It should be noted
that such behavior UPS can also be caused by faulty circuits stabilize
the secondary voltages.

When you turn on TV LD901 LED continuously blinks greyed out
Interruption of the transistor Q903 (A539), established in the food chain 1,8 (90 vyv. IC201S).

TV does not turn constantly flashing LED LD901
Not soldered a jumper in the circuit supplying power from the UPS Wed to Wed output transistor Q401 (factory marriage).

Steady LED LD901
Interruption of the pin track. 54 IC201S to R920.

Unlit LED LD901, TV works fine
Do not set the transistor QV901, there is no jumper in position. 144 (serial marriage).

TV will not turn on, the LED is not lit LD901
Break choke L909 in the food chain 3.3 V.

TV turns on, there are impulses run SR on pin. 73 IC201S and immediately disappear after a while the process is repeated
Breakdown diode D409 in the chain running.



Vertical fault (CR)




On the TV "brighter" divorce, no CD
Break resistor R305 (connected to the pin. 7 IC301).

TV turns on, the screen shows "iridescence", reminiscent of a neck of the CRT screen gray
Missing
one of the circuits feeds the CD. If the TV for a long time to hold on,
you can damage the picture tube (according to statistics, can break the
neck of the kinescope).

Missing Frame Scan
Zener breakdown DZ301.

Raster narrowed vertically
IC CD working by the power supply SL in norm. The reason - poor quality soldering S410 capacitor (470 uF x 25 in).

After 10 minutes of reduced vertical dimension
Faulty chip KR LA78045 (40).

After several minutes of symmetrically reduced vertical dimension.
Overheating chip CD because of poor contact with the radiator.

Chaotic change in the vertical size ("breath" of the raster)
The emergence of interturn circuit in COC.

Volvulus screen vertically in the upper part
In the position S302 mistakenly installed capacitor 1000 pF instead of 10 pF.

On the dark screen in the middle part there
are three colored lines. With increasing accelerating voltage regulator
on the Screen TDKS on the screen become visible through the flyback SR
pulse shape is distorted by the CD launch

Zener breakdown DZ302, DZ303, DZ306.

The image is compressed from below and with the band "drop" lines in the upper part
S303 is not installed capacitor in the circuit -16.5 V.

On the screen there is a narrow horizontal strip bounded by the edges
Poor soldering of the resistor R414.

Missing Sync for footage in low input
Defective IC201 (TDA12025PQ/N1F80).



Faults associated with the distortion of information in EEPROM




TV not included. No signal from the POWER pin. 6 IC201S
On the pin. 6 IC201S always present a high potential (3,3). The reason - the distortion of information in the EEPROM.

On the screen the lines OX, adjustment of the accelerating voltage does not affect the image
Distortion of information in the EEPROM.

There is no sound in low input
Distortion of information in the EEPROM.

TV works, UPS is the norm, but the service
information (OSD) is distorted or missing, the raster broad band visible
symbols of various green

Distortion of information in the EEPROM.

On TV "garbage" - graphics, icons, no TV images, the screen is black.
Distortion of information in the EEPROM.

Faults associated with lack of sound


No sound
- Loss of filter FD801;
- Not selected a non-polar electrolytic capacitor S212 (2.2 uF).

No sound on ... MUTE pin voltage is 2.9 in instead of the 4,5 V
Confused type zener DZ605 - instead of a zener voltage stabilization is set to 3,3 V 5,0 V (chassis S16A - about IC602).

Low sound
Break choke L906.

No sound with low inputs, at the reception with the antenna input sound is
Flashing
EEPROM and microcontroller UOC replacement have failed. The reason -
lack of supply voltage 3,3 V on pin. 88 IC201S due to poor soldering
choke L908.

Faults associated with the lack of reception, the presence of interference


Unable to tune in to TV channels
Due to the termination resistor R313 is no voltage setting 33 V on a tuner.

Do not pick up some TV channels
Instead, the capacitor C101 mistakenly installed a resistor (serial marriage).

At the 4 th and 9 th-air channels present interference on other channels do not interfere
Faulty tuner.

On-screen interference as horizontal stripes on all channels in the regime of low input noise is not
S104 is not installed capacitor in the circuit AGC.

Geometric distortion of the raster


Horizontal Size increased and is not regulated
Due to the fact that it is not installed capacitor SR405S, probit diode D408 (capacitor in parallel diode).

Horizontal Size does not comply with the norm
Breakage of the capacitor CR409S.

Increased the size of the horizontal
Not soldered to the board one of the pairs findings optocoupler PC801S.

Small size of the horizontal
Not installed (defective) capacitor C402S.

Violated the linearity of the horizontal
- Due to incorrect markings radar LR402S confused the beginning and end of the coil (phasing);
- Choke L408; - instead of R424 mistakenly installed diode;
- Faulty capacitor S415.

Nonlinearity of the screen on each side, in the central part - everything is normal
Breakage of the capacitor S415 (.082 uF x 400).

Right in the picture wavy edge black. GREET output transistor Wed
Interruption of the diode D403.

The edges of the screen are the wave shape
Not installed (defective) capacitor CR403S.

Raster on the left side of the screen is curved
Not installed (defective) capacitor C414.

Volvulus screen horizontally to the left
The reason - the breakdown zener DZ403.

After a little warm, changes the size of the screen and triggers protection
Poor solder pin. 4 (VCC) IC801S (STRW6750F).

Other faults chassis


In the picture there is a "double contours"
Neispravenmikrokontroller IC201 (TDA12025PQ/N1F80).

In the picture there is a "double contours" on all channels in the mode of entry YX repeats no.
The reason - faulty filters SF102, SF101.

In the picture there is a "toffees"
Replacing
the CRT results are not given, increasing the voltage regulator Screen
defect disappears. The reason - faulty IC201 (TDA12025PQ/N1F80).

When adjusting, in service mode (menu G2) accelerating voltage image
gets a green tint, gradually decreasing brightness

Defective microcontroller IC201.

Black and white "twitch" (especially the 10-th channel), a color image, a slight moire
Reverse the polarity of the capacitor S146.

No common synchronization
- Defective microcontroller IC201;
- Loss of condenser S133;
- A connection between the output of the capacitor S929 from the installation;
- Contact closure connector 15 SCART-2 (Pin 20 SCART-1) and the output resistor R730;
- Mixed up the polarity of the capacitor S930.

The screen is only present on-screen menu
- Not soldered at one of the conclusions of the capacitor S414;
- Not installed capacitor C413;
-
An increase of accelerating voltage lines appear OH. Voltage CUT-OFF
5-foot PC was 2,5 V instead of 6.8 V. The reason - do not have the
capacitor in the circuit S420 ABL; termination resistor R423.

On the test image on the right side there is a slight disruption of the synchronization lines (noise, like when a bad filter)
Not installed (defective) resistor R818 (33 ohms).

Violated the general synchronization, the raster lines are visible OX
Not propayan (defective) capacitor S145 (0,15 uF x 400).

On the image of a white field in the color system is PAL and SECAM are visible vertical black strips of 1cm
Defective microcontroller IC201S.

On any of the test images show some noise,
reminiscent of "flashing high-voltage, which visually looks like a
random white dots - strokes, streaks in the image. A few seconds later
screen starts to "breathe" and then breaks off the transistor CP (NTOs).

Destroyed (crack, split) core (core) TDKS.

Twitching of the image vertically. Disappearance of color in the color system PAL, «toffees in SECAM
Defective microcontroller IC201S.

No images are visible on the raster line flyback
The supply voltage is normal, the distortion of information in the EEPROM do not. The reason - faulty microcontroller IC201S.

No color in the color system SECAM
The supply voltage is normal. The reason - faulty microcontroller IC201S.

Color distortion or screen "pours" blue in the color system SECAM
Defective microcontroller IC201S.

Bad white balance SECAM
Adjustment in
the service menu does not solve the problem. The reason for failure of
the EEPROM, you need to reprogram the chip data with a known working
firmware, or install a "clean" memory chips with subsequent correction
of the contents (Options) in the service menu.

No color in the color system PAL
- Faulty (not installed) capacitor S930;
- Faulty microcontroller IC201S.

Dark picture
- Reverse the polarity of the capacitor C202 in the chain of ABL;
- Increased resistor R418 with a 3.9 ohm to 14 ohms.

TV turned off and the next channel, after which the process is repeated
The attempt to measure any voltage or leads nowhere. The reason - the lack of contact aquadag kinescope to ground.

The screen is constantly changing picture: the point, a vertical strip, full screen
When measuring the frequency of the pulses H-DRIVE, it is more than 15 kHz. The reason - not sealed, "earthy" concluded TDKS.

When you switch channels on some of them the image darkens
Due to the destruction of the throttle LV102 is not received 5 V on pin. 63 IC201S.

Periodically disappears screen, the sound remains, with warming trend of failure increases
Replacing
the on-board video amplifier TDA6109JF kinescope, a capacitor in the
circuit filter Screen problem not solved. Was detected feature - if you
set the accelerating voltage in the service mode, the TV worked for
about two hours and again need to adjust this voltage. The reason -
faulty TDKS (FUH-29A001F).

TV works, the reaction on the remote there's no control with local keyboard
All
supply voltages are normal, pulse burst arrive at the corresponding
input port of the processor. The reason - faulty microcontroller IC201S.

When you turn on TV burn resistor R423 in the chain of ABL.
Breakage of the capacitor S404.

Overheats and burns out the LED LD901
Cliff paths from IC201S to R902.

Visible only the upper half of the screen, on it the lines OX, jitter, OSD image is distorted
The supply voltage is normal. Defective microcontroller IC201S.

Appears and disappears "sluggish" image with the lines OX
Faulty transistor Q502 (blanking circuit "spots").

When you turn on any connected TV antenna goes into AV-mode, then switches to enable earlier channel
Not installed a resistor R941.

Without an antenna on the screen to the left
there is a black vertical stripe width 2 cm, when connecting the
antenna shifts the raster image to the right.

Cliff zener DZ403.

Randomly changing focus
Defective TDKS T444S.

When you turn on - the screen is not lit
Break throttle LR400S, scorching resistor R426 (1k / 2W).

When working with low input from a VCR is
quenched synchronization, and when working from a DVD image in the norm
(for chassis S16A)

Should be in the service menu VIDEO ADJUST 4, amend the value of FOA / FOB from 1 to 0.

Image "flashes" (the screen darkens as you
change channels) simultaneously on the screen shows an image with OSD
spontaneously changing image settings (brightness, contrast,
saturation), but visually no change in the image does not occur

The reason - loss of a resistor R911 (13kOm).

Do not operate the control buttons on the keyboard of the local TV
Installing
the EEPROM with a known working firmware did not solve the problem.
Cause of the problem - the microcontroller IC201S.

On the left image is a clear black stripe width of 2-3 cm, which appears after 5 seconds. after the
With further work TV - breaks output transistor SR.Prichina fault - the microcontroller IC201S.

For chassis S16C/S16D/S63 released bulletin
associated with the appearance of acoustic noise in standby mode, which
appears after 5 minutes or more.

Need to do rework - grounded radiator, where a chip UMZCH, remove the jumper L824 (located left of the SCART).

On replacing the microcontroller IC201S controller and UPS


Microcontroller IC201S (TDA12025PQ/N1F80 - paper label on the
processor T-GRN2PEU-1014) is replaced by, for example, for the same
processor with the label T-GRN2PEU-1021 (for now - it's the latest
available firmware for processors).
Chip controller IC801S (STRW6750F) can be replaced by the following analogs: STR-X6757, STRW6754, STRW6756.


عدل سابقا من قبل محمد أشرف عثمان في الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 7:20 pm عدل 2 مرات
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 6:17 pm

Repair and adjustment of TV SAMSUNG chassis K55A

The proposed material the author introduces readers to one of the most advanced and feature-rich television chassis company Samsung Electronics - K55A. Much of the article is devoted to describing the service mode and typical faults of the chassis.
Overview

On the chassis K55A produced TVs CRT 25, 29 and 32 inches. This model: CS25M6, CS29 (32,34) A10, WS32M (Z, A11) 66, CW29M (A10, Z) 66 and CS29Z6 (4,7). Televisions on this chassis are capable of receiving and processing signals of color PAL / SECAM / NTSC 3.58/4.43 MHz, passed by the Broadcasting Standards B / G, D / K, L, I in the range meter (2-12), UHF (21-69 ) and cable (S1-S41) television channels. TV on the chassis KS55A provide the following features:

multipage teletext reception of signals of different standards (only when using a microcontroller type SDA555OM);
mode "picture in picture» (PIP) with the simultaneous viewing of multiple windows other host channels and the signal from low input (with plug SCART);
in PIP mode, automatic channel scanning, zooming windows and moving them around on the screen;
availability features improve images in case of receiving a weak signal;
rotate the image for a corner;
mode "Freeze" when watching television;
zooming;
reception and processing of stereo audio transmitted in the system NICAM and A2;
the effect of "pseudo-stereo" (to a monaural sound) and virtual surround sound (for stereo).

Schematic diagrams of various TV SAMSUNG chassis K55A, can be downloaded from Schema TV SAMSUNGOr in particular - Scheme TV SAMSUNG WS-32Z6HPGX/BWT
Circuit diagram


Power supply

Power supply (PS) (Fig. 1) is based on a pulsed quasi-resonant controller IC801S type 5Q1265AT (analog - KA1265RF). As part of a chip output MOSFET and PWM controller.

At the time of launch power integrated circuits (vyv. 3) is provided with a voltage resistors R802R804, connected to the pin. 3 diode bridge D801. This will start the internal oscillator pulses which control the power FETs. In the absence of congestion in the primary and secondary circuits FE goes into operation, and IC801 chip powered by a rectifier D803 C808 DZ807. Synchronizing internal oscillator provides a constant voltage generated by pin. 5. Mode power supply is determined by the voltage on the pin. 4 IC801S. It is formed by the feedback circuit in the optocoupler PC801 and controlled zener IC804, connected to the secondary voltage of 135 V. The voltage 310 output from the power rectifier is fed to the collector of power transistor (vyv. a IC801S) through the winding 1-2-3-4 pulse transformer T801S.

The secondary windings of pulse transformer formed following voltage:

135, for feeding the output transistor line scan Q401;
26 V to power audio amplifier IC602;
12 V to power the preamplifier pulses starting line scan. He also formed from 9 V to power the tuner, sound processor, and videoselektora voltage 3,3 V (standby) to supply a microcontroller (MC) IC901;
8 of which are formed voltage of 5 V for powering the main tuner TU01S, an additional tuner (for the regime "PIP») TU02S, sound processor and videoselektora IC601 IC02.

Switch from PI on duty in the operating mode and going back to the team MK (signal POWER to the pin. 50 IC901, see Fig. 2).
Tract signal processing image

RF signal reception of broadcast television and processed in digital tuner TU01S (Fig. 3). The digital part of the tuner is powered 5 V (vyv. Cool the controlled controlled regulator IC805 (Fig. 1). 9 V regulator IC803 feeds the analog portion of the tuner (vyv. 1) and AGC (vyv. 3). 33 V voltage used to power the varicap tuning. This voltage is formed by line scan (from 215 voltage: 6.5 inline transformer winding (TDKS) T444S, rectifier D411C422). Tuning in to TV channels carried by the command MC transmitted to the tuner via the bus I2C. In the tuner is a division and the detection signal IF images and the 2 nd IF sound. Additional tuner TU02S operates independently from the main tuner. RF signal it is fed to the antenna splitter in the main tuner TU01S.

PTSTS removed from the pin. 18 main tuner TU01S and enters the submodule Feature Box (Fig. 5), performed in a shielded metal case. It connects to the main board through the chassis connector MD201.

The structure of the submodule includes the following elements:

selector television video IC10 (TEA6425D);
video decoder IC01 (VSP9407);
selection of external signals IC02 (CXA2151);
switch video signals and clock IC03 (BA7657);
inverter pulse synchronization IC11 (74HC123);
video processor IC04 (CXA2165).

The inputs of the selector IC10 the signals PTSTS c core tuner (RF_CVBS, pin. 1 IC10), c SCART connectors 1 and 2 (SCART1 (2) _CVBS, pin. 3 and 8 of IC10), as well as front and rear connectors JACK (AV1 (2) _CVBS, pin. 5 and 6 of IC10). Selector IC10 has eight separate outputs with programmable gain level of each. Management matrix switching signals provided by teams of MC on the bus I2C (vyv. 2 and 4). From the outputs of the selector removed PTSTS for the main television channel (MAIN_CVBS, pin. 18), for the scheme "picture in picture» (PIP_V, pin. 16), low output (RF_OUT and MO, pin. 14 and 12) and teletext decoder (TTX_CVBS, pin. 13).

Chip IC01 (VSP9407V-B11) converts analog PTSTS received from various sources into digital component signals Y1Pb1Pr1 (vyv. 2, 79, 76), as well as highlights from PTSTS synchronization pulses and converts them into pulses of horizontal management and human resource developments HS1 ( pin. 17) and VS1 (vyv. 23). At the IC01 receives blanking signal F / B (vyv. 38), analog RGB primary color signals from the computer (vyv. 46, 47, 48), the component signals from the terminal Y, Pb, Pr (vyv. 39, 40, 41), brightness and color signals to the connector S-VIDEO (vyv. 57, 58), PTSTS from the main tuner after the video selector (vyv. 52), PTSTS from an additional tuner (vyv. 55) and signal PIP_Y for imaging PIP (vyv. 54 ).

Integrated circuit IC01 is powered 3,3 (vyv. 7, 12, 1, 72, 75, 44, 59, 25) and 1,8 (vyv. 28, 34, 35, 42, 50, 64, 66, 68 ). Reset signal RESET is formed on the chip IC06 pin. 24 IC01 (active - low). Automatic reset can occur on the command of the microcontroller V_RESET (connector CN02, contact 25) and shown on the screen teletext information (in some TVs, this function is not used).

Chip IC01 is provided:

formation of horizontal synchronization signals and human developments in progressive mode (100/120 Hz) and interlaced (50/60 Hz) sweep;
decoding with two built-in multi-standard digital decoder IC01 television signals primary and secondary channels transmitted in the color system PAL, SECAM and NTSC;
control the scale of the image the primary and secondary channels (individually), as well as the creation of panoramas in the vertical and horizontal direction;
recognition and transformation of all image formats of high definition television;
mode support simultaneous display of several channels simultaneously from different video sources (the channels of broadcast television, as well as VCRs and DVD-player);
reduce flicker large white fields and rows;
Image recording video signals on the other AV devices through connectors bass output.

Integrated circuit IC01 is controlled by the MC bus I2C (vyv. 6 and 13). To pin. 69, 70, IC01 is connected quartz frequency of 20.25 MHz, which provides work of the internal oscillator clock.

With the help of external video selector IC02 (CXA2151Q) (Fig. 5) is chosen to display the desired signal RGB or YCrCb, coming from low input and requires no special change. IC02 generates the output signals of the RGB or component Y2Cb2Cr2, as well as the control pulses and the horizontal frame scans VS2 and HS2. Choice of analog video signals from two sources - the decoder IC01 and IC02 selector switch is carried IC03 (BA7657F), the control signal SW from the pin. 18 MR. To switch the signals HS1, VS1 (vyv. 12 and 24) and VS2, HS2 (vyv. 13 and 23), the component signals from Y1Pb1Pr1 IC01 (vyv. 1, 3, 5) and Y2Cr2Cb2 from IS02 (vyv. 7, 9 , 11). Output a component signal SEL_Y (Cr, Cb), as well as the synchronization signal SEL_V (H) removed from the pin. 19, 21, 15, 14 and 22, respectively.

Note. In some TVs chip IC02 is not installed. In this case, the switch signals IC03 is not used, but instead set the jumpers.

Final formation of video and pulse start unwrapping occurs in the video IC04 (CXA2165) (Fig. 5), which connects to the main board via connector MD201 con B, and the board of kinescope - a connector CN03. The digital part is powered chip 5 V (vyv. 19), and analog - 9 V (vyv. 61).

Component signals SEL_Y (Cb, Cr) and synchronization SEL_H (V) scans come on pin. 22, 21, 20, 28 and 42, IS04. For the formation of the OSD processor receives signals B (G, R) _OSD (vyv. 4, 5, 6) and F / B (vyv. 2) from MK. In addition, the processor receives the following signals:

clock H-Blank, V-Blank (vyv. 39, 35), formed from the horizontal flyback pulse and personnel developments;
metering pulses temnov'ogo current Ik of the board of kinescope;
voltage of the circuit auto white balance (ABL) from the row of the transformer (vyv. 56);
command switch SW1 (vyv. 7), SW2, SW3 (vyv. 23, 24) from the MC.

The video processor generates a signal RGB Video Amplifier for CRT (vyv. 62, 63, 64), the pulses start lowercase H-drive (vyv. 40), antiphase sawtooth voltage Vertical V-DP, V-DN (vyv. 53, 52) and the parabolic compensation voltage pincushion distortion E / W (vyv. 47).

RGB signals through connector CN03 on the main board connector come on board SNS01 kinescope, and with it - on video amplifier IC501, IC502, IC503 type TDA6111Q (Fig. 6).

Output stage is powered chip 215 (vyv. 6), and preliminary - 12 V (vyv. 2). Input signals are received at the pin. 3, and the output are removed from the pin. 7-8. With the pin. 5 IC501-IC503 chip off the voltage the dark current through connectors CNC01/CN03 served on the module Feature Box, and in it - to pin. 1958 VPU IC04 control circuit automatically adjust the white balance.
Tract signal processing sound

Signal 2 nd IF sound SIF is removed from the pin. 16 main tuner and the input of the multi-standard sound processor IC601 (MSP3411GB11) - pin. 47. Processor automatically detects and processes the audio standard FM-mono, NICAM, A2, transmitted by broadcast system D / K, B / G, L, I, as well as with satellite TV and FM-radio.

The chip receives signals AV2-R, AV2-L with connectors SCART (vyv. 39 and 40), DVD2-L, DVD2-R with connectors DVD (vyv. 37, 38), and AV1-L, AV1-R with Side Connector RCA (vyv. 41, 42). The processor is powered 5 V (vyv. 46, 16) and 9 (vyv. 33). On the pin. 20 IC601 receives a reset signal from S_RESET MK (active - low). With the pin. 3 and 4, the control voltage is removed and fed to the main tuner to switch bandwidth audio channel of the standard. Pin. 7 and 8 circuits - input I2C interface for communication with the MC. With the pin. 26 withdrawn LF signal for the subwoofer, with a pin. 25 and 24 - the signals from left and right, respectively. To pin. 51 and 52 of IC601 is connected quartz frequency 18 432 MHz. With the pin. 27, 28 and 30, 31 are removed signals for low output jacks.

Signals left and right channels fed to UMZCH IC602 (TDA7269) (Fig. 3). Chip is powered from the 24 IP. Feature of the chip is the presence of several modes pause. Signal S-MUTE2 comes from the MC to block the sound, and S-MUTE1 - from IP protection to prevent clicks in the dynamic head when you shut down and power up.
Control Scheme

Use your TV is on commands microcontroller IC901 (SDA555X) (Fig. 2). In standby mode, it feeds a voltage 3.3 V (vyv. 44, 30), formed from the 5 V voltage regulator with IC903 (78RM33). The operating mode is set after the MC voltage 3,3 V on pin. 1933 (RESET). Voltage 2.5 V (vyv. 37, 13) for the digital supply IC is formed by the stabilizer IC905. In the presence of these strains starts a clock whose frequency is stabilized by a quartz resonator (vyv. 34 - 6 MHz). If the chip nonvolatile memory (EEPROM) IC902 (24C16) is healthy and there was an exchange of the data bus, the MC generates a signal POWER (vyv. 50) for the TV to normal operation. MC performs the following functions:

protects the data stored in EEPROM, and I2C bus halts at fault in the TV (vyv. 1). In normal mode, at this pin forms a low voltage level in case of trouble - high (3,3);
organizes the exchange of data with the EEPROM (vyv. 2, 3);
forms the signal BUS-STOP (vyv. 4), suspending or opening operation control bus with faulty "PIP" (actually - it's a reset signal for the circuit PIP);
organizes the exchange of bus I2C (vyv. 5 and 6) with a tuner, audio and video processor, video and a chip selector IC01;
generates reset signals S-RESET (vyv. 7) and V-RESET (vyv. Cool for the sound processor and chip IC01;
allocates PTSTS (vyv. 12) teletext signal;
receives a signal from a tuner AFT (vyv. 15) of fine-tuning to the channel for storage in EEPROM;
defines the connection of the cable to SCART1 (vyv. 16) or to SCART2 (vyv. 17) to ensure proper switching signals;
receives and processes signals from the front panel buttons (vyv. 17). When you press the MENU button (Fig. 7) is formed by a low level, with volume control - voltage 0,1 ... 1,3 V, and the choice of programs - 1,3 ... 2,4;
handles horizontal flyback pulses and personnel developments (vyv. 19 and 20) to perform the functions of protection and correct display of windows menus and teletext;
by pressing the AV / TV on the front panel or remote control toggles AV / TV (vyv. 22);
generates the voltage corresponding to current-ray picture tube (vyv. 23), which is used for protection from high radiation screen and ensure the white balance;
receives and processes signals from the infrared receiver (Fig. Cool REMOCON MODULE (vyv. 24);
manages the front panel (Fig. Cool LDY (vyv. 25 and 26);
the relay RL801 for degaussing the mask CRT (vyv. 27).

With the pin. 38, 39 and 40 MK are removed signals of primary colors to form an image on-screen menu. The voltage on these findings when you turn the menu by pressing the buttons should be at least 0.3 V.

IC902 stored in EEPROM set the basic parameters of the image.

In TVs with multi-page teletext (designed for Europe) instead of the MC-based chip SDA555A used SDA555OM c ICM03 additional RAM and ROM ICM02 (Fig. 9).
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 6:22 pm

Schemes and personnel line-scans


Trigger pulse line scan H-Drive with pin. 40 IC04 (Fig. 5) are fed to
the module HIC401. In operating mode, the module is powered from 16.5
in the line scan, and in the startup mode - 12 V from the PIs. The
output module (vyv. 3) rectangular pulses are fed to an amplifier-shaper
of the transistor Q402 and further - to the interstage transformer
T401. With its pin. 4 pulses are fed to an output stage consisting of
transistor Q401 and diode assembly D414. Formed by the current line scan
proceeds from vertical deflection coil. High-voltage pulses generated
by the flyback capacitors S405, S406, S409. The output stage is powered
by 130 entrepreneurs through the winding 1.3 TDKS T444. Capacitor S830
provides S-correction of the raster, and coil LR404 - linearity
horizontally. Of the flyback pulse, with the pin removed. 7 T444, is
formed by the voltage protection from X-ray X-RAY, and with the pin. 9 -
Voltage ABL, used the scheme of automatic white balance. To pin. 1913
T444 connected circuit output dynamic focusing.
Correction signal (parabolic voltage framerate) EW-Drive with pin. 47
IC04 (CXA2165) receives direct inputs of differential amplifiers - pin.
3 and 5 of IC401 (LM393). On the inverse input amplifier is energized
line-frequency generated from SIOH. Amplifiers are fed with 12 V from
regulator IC402, connected to a voltage of 15 V, shaped by a line scan.
The output signal from the pin. 1 and 7 of IC401 goes to the gate of the
transistor Q404 and further, to the diode modulator D414 S409 CR405.
Vertical sawtooth voltage is removed from the pin. 53 and 52 of IC04
CXA2165 and fed to the output stage - chip IC301 (LA7845). To the output
circuit (vyv. 2) connected to human deflection coil system. Chip is
powered bipolar voltage ± 16,5 B of line scan. With the S302 capacitor,
diode D301 and the key in the chip IC301 is formed on the pin voltage
voltodobavki. 3 IC301.

Service mode chassis K55A


To enter the service mode switch the TV into standby mode (the LED on
the front panel glows red), and then on the remote Repeatedly press
DISPLAY - MENU - MUTE - POWER ON with an interval of 1-2 seconds. This
will display the main menu, the main points of which (and their purpose)
are shown in Table. 1.
MenuDescription
DEFLECTIONAdjusting the geometric dimensions and parameters of the raster
480P OFFSETAdjusting the geometric dimensions and parameters of the raster in progressive scan mode
1080I OFFSETAdjusting the geometric dimensions and parameters of the raster high-definition television in interlaced mode
VIDEO ADJUST1Adjust the brightness and color signals
VIDEO ADJUST2Adjusting the quality of video
VIDEO ADJUST3Adjustment of additional picture settings
OPTIONTurning on and off the main and additional TV functions
YC DELAYAdjusting the delay time of the luminance signal with respect to chrominance
EEPROMInitialize non-volatile memory chip
RESETSetting Factory Default
Table 1. Main Menu



To select the desired menu from the main menu, use the buttons to
switch programs, and to enter into this menu - cursor buttons on the
remote control.
List of menu options DEFLECTION shown in Table. 2.


Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
V-AMP3333 (41)26Vertical dimension
V-SHIT2828 (26)24Vertical Shift relative to the center
H-EW2632 (36)17Horizontal Size
H-SHIFT00 (21)26Shift horizontally relative to the central axis
V-LIN99 (11)9Vertical linearity
LOW-LINE43 (12The linearity of the vertical bottom
V-SC31 (0)3S-correction in the vertical
H-PAR3838 19)51Parabolic distortion of the raster horizontally
UP-COR2525 (33)35Straighten the upper corners
LOW-COR3131 (33)36Straighten the lower corners
H-TRA1818 (43)42Keystone
BOW333331Parallel vertical lines
ANGLE282830Angular spread
V-POSI404040Alignment of the frame on the screen
Table 2. Menu Options DEFLECTION



List of menu options VIDEO ADJUST 1 is presented in Table. 3.

Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
R-CUTOFF414146Setting the cutoff on channel R
G-CUTOFF252532Setting the cutoff on channel G
B-CUTOFF282818Setting the cutoff on channel B
COLOR ON / OFF111Inclusion (0) / Off (1) color
CR-OFFSET323232Displacement red beam from the center (along the edges of the raster)
CB-OFFSET323232Blue shift of the beam relative to the center (along the edges of the raster)
R-DRIVE373746Beam current red gun
G-DRIVE323232Beam current green gun
B-DRIVE323226The current blue ray gun
SUB-BRIGHT323240Setting an optimal brightness of the raster
SUB-CONTRAST777Setting Contrast
SUB-COLOR151510Setting the gain level chroma signals
CTI-LEVEL111Clarity of color transitions
LTI-LEVEL111Clarity of navigation levels of brightness in a grayscale image
VSU222The position of the menu vertically
Table 3. Options menu, VIDEO ADJUST 1




List of menu options VIDEO ADJUST 2 is shown in Table. 4.


Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
ABL MODE333Selecting the mode white balance
GAMMA222Gamma correction signals of primary colors
DPIC LEVEL333Installation of the dynamic control of black level
DC TRANS333Installation of the dynamic range of the deviation of the chrominance signal relative to the luminance signal
ABL-TH141514Setting the threshold voltage adjustment of white balance
VM-LEVEL111The inclusion of automatic level control video from external sources (dvd, rgb)
VM-LIMIT222Installing areas adjust video
VM-DELAY333Setting the control of the phase relations of signals of primary colors in the video signal
SHP CD111Setting the color definition video (color saturation)
SHP FO000Setting the limits of adjustment of saturation
BANDPASS17h17h17hSetting bandwidth chroma at a low frequency
HIGHPASS23H23H23HSetting bandwidth chroma high frequency
Table 4. VIDEO ADJUST menu options 2






Additional adjust the picture settings (mostly used to compensate for
the influence of instability of high voltage on the parameters of the
image) are carried out in the menu VIDEO ADJUST 3 (in some models of
this menu is not available). List of parameters VIDEO ADJUST menu is
shown in Table 3. 5.

Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
H-COMP784Correction of the horizontal dimension when the high voltage
V COMP454Correction of the vertical dimension when the high voltage
PIN COMP227Correction of shapes and sizes points (triads) when the high voltage
AFC COMP000Enable / disable the automatic frequency control when the high voltage
SYNC PHASE000Phase relations between the pulses synchronize video signals from different sources
Table 5. VIDEO ADJUST menu options 3






Basic and additional features are installed in the menu OPTION. List of menu options is given in Table OPTION. 6.

Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
LANGUAGECISCISCISEnabling language support menu
SOUNDV-DOLBYV-DOLBYV-DOLBYSwitching between the standard stereo (A2, NICAM, DOLBY)
CRT4:3WIDE4:3Switching the scale of the raster (4:3, 16:9, wide)
AV JACKSCARTSCARTSCARTSwitching between video inputs (AV1, AV2, SCART)
AUTO FMONONONTurn on or turn off the frequency modulation sound
PIPONONONEnable or disable the function of "Picture in Picture
TXT LANGUAGEONONONEnable teletext language
LNAONONONThe inclusion of low-noise amplification regime Tuner
HIGH DEVIATIONOFFOFFOFFDisable reception FM - mono with a high frequency deviation
AV BY CH KEYOFFOFFOFFWay to include AV-mode
DTVOFFOFFOFFDisable signal processing of digital broadcasting
VGAOFFOFFOFFDisable the reception of external RGB signals
AGCOFFOFFOFFDisabling Automatic Gain Control
WOOFEROFFOFFOFFConnecting bass loudspeaker
SPEAKERNONNONNONThe inclusion of graphic equalizer
TTX TOPNONNONNONTo activate the teletext over the image
HELPNONNONNONEnabling support for users
TTX ON / OFFNON (ON / OFF)NON (ON / OFF)NONTo activate the teletext
TTX LIST PRIARITYNON (ON / OFF)NON (ON / OFF)NONTurn on the priority of the teletext
Table 6. Parameters of the OPTION




Adjusting the delay time of the luminance signal with respect to the
color signal can be done using YC DELAY. List of menu options YC DELAY
shown in Table. 7.

Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
P. YC (AV)111The time delay between the brightness and color signals (low input mode, the system PAL)
S. YC (AV)-5-5-5The time delay between the brightness and color signals (low input mode, the system SECAM)
N. YC (AV)222The time delay between the brightness and color signals (low mode input system NTSC)
P. BG YC000The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV programs, the standard BG)
P, DK YC-2-2-2The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV programs, standard DK)
P.I YC-1-1-1The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV programs in the PAL, the standard I)
P.M YC000The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV programs in the PAL, the standard M)
P.L YC000The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV programs in the PAL, the standard I)
S. BG YC-6-6-6The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV programs in the system SECAM, standard BG)
S. DK YC-9-9-9The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV in the SECAM, standard DK)
S.I YC-9-9-9The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV in the SECAM, Standard I)
S.L YC000The time delay between the brightness and color signals (up to receive TV in the SECAM, Standard I)
N.M. YC000The time delay between the brightness and color signals (receive mode TV system NTSC, standard M)
Table 7. Menu Options YC DELAY



Menu 480p OFFSET and 1080i OFFSET may be lacking in some TVs, but
they are important for devices with large screen. Table. 8 and 9 show
the menu options are 480p OFFSET and 1080i OFFSET respectively.


Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
V-AMP-12-8Vertical dimension
V-SHIT1-32Vertical Shift
H-EW843Horizontal Size
H-SHIFT-9-7-9Horizontal Shift
V-LIN0-40Vertical linearity
LOW-LINE03-3The linearity of the vertical bottom of the frame
V-SC002S-correction in the vertical
H-PAR0-41Parabolic distortion of the raster horizontally
UP-COR03-1Adjustment of the upper corners
LOW-COR0-3-1Adjustment of the lower corners
H-TRA-743Adjusting the keystone
BOW002Adjusting the parallelism of the vertical lines
ANGLE010Angle adjustment reversal
V-POSI000Adjusting the picture
Table 8. Menu options are 480p OFFSET




Designation of the parameterThe default value depending on the size of the CRT (in inches)Description293234
V-AMP-14-1-4Vertical dimension
V-SHIT2-2-1Vertical Shift
H-EW6-102Horizontal Size
H-SHIFT41110Horizontal Shift
V-LIN00-1Vertical linearity
LOW-LINE00-1The linearity of the vertical bottom of the frame
V-SC000S-correction in the vertical
H-PAR03-1Parabolic distortion of the raster horizontally
UP-COR050Adjustment of the upper corners
LOW-COR031Adjustment of the lower corners
H-TRA02-3Adjusting the keystone
BOW0-11Adjusting the parallelism of the vertical lines
ANGLE012Angle adjustment reversal
V-POSI000Adjusting the picture
Table 9. Menu Options 1080i OFFSET




To save the new settings turn off the TV POWER button and within seconds turned on again.


Typical malfunction TV chassis K55A and their solutions


TV does not turn the LED on the front panel is not lit
Check the fuse FP801 (250 V / 4 A). If he is cut, before replacing it
checked for the absence of short-circuit diode bridge D801 (vyv. 1-4
and 2-3), the capacitor S803, the controller IC801 (between pin. 1 and 2
and pin. 1 and 3), as well as serviceability degaussing coil and
posistor PT801 (PTC 7OHM). Coil resistance should be about 7 ohms.
Serviceability check posistor difficult, the easiest way to use the
following way: insert instead of the fuse bulb 220 V/60 W, with the
healthy elements of the above lamp should break out clearly, and at the
TV in the operating mode - turn off. If the lamp continues to burn,
posistors replace.
TV does not turn on the fuse defective in PI audible clicks
Check for damaged row of the transistor Q401 to short-circuit between
the collector and emitter (vyv. 2.3 Build HS401) and damper diode D414
(vyv. 4, 6, HC401). Faulty transistor FJL6920 can be replaced by the
following analogs: 2SC5446, 2SC5583 (the latter type is set on the
radiator through an insulating gasket), and as a damper diode FMPH3FU
DVM1500 can be used with an additional radiator.
Check for short circuit and loss of capacitance Reverse S409, S405.
Before installing the new features check serviceability of the winding
3.1 TDKS T444S. You can use the following method validation TDKS -
between the collector of the transistor and the pin-1 T444S include
absorbing resistor 50 Ohm / 10 W, and measured the voltage on the
collector Q401; if it differs significantly from the 130, the
transformer is replaced. The second way to check is the following - a
new line transistor establish additional radiator for a short time, turn
on the TV in the operating mode and control the shape SIOH at terminal 1
TDKS (SIOH bell-shaped scale 1100 ... 1200). If SIOH change shape or
amplitude, then TDKS defective and must be replaced.
This problem can also occur at a failure of chip IC301 (LA7845). In
this case, it suffices to check the short circuit between the common
wire and pin. 6 1 IS301 (but not the radiator circuits).
In rare cases, the fault is caused by the closures interturn winding
row of coils. Winding resistance serviceable reels should be about 2 ...
2.5 ohms.
TV is not included in the operating mode, the LED on the front panel is not lit
Check for DC voltage 300 ... 310 on the pin. 1 IC801 and the lack of
pulsations. If the voltage is underestimated or equal to zero, replace
the capacitor S803 also check for an open coil elements 1.4 T801 and
L803, L802. At normal voltage at S803, measure the voltage on the pin. 3
IC80: in operation, it must be equal to 18, but when you start - at
least 9 V. If this voltage is not present or it is underestimated, check
the resistors R802R804, Zener diode DZ807 and capacitor C808. In
operating mode, the voltage on the pin. 4 IC801 should be 7 ... 8 if it
differs from the nominal test items DZ801, C843 and the absence of a
short circuit between pin. 3 and 4 optocoupler PC801. If all voltages
are normal and these elements are OK, and the pulses at the pin. 1 IC801
No (osts. 1 in Fig. 11), the chip is replaced. If all the elements in
the primary circuit PIs are OK, check the pulse transformer T801, and
serviceability filter capacitors S820, S841, S835, S816, S815, S801.
TV not included. Voltage at the output of FE, but they are too low, the LED on the front panel is not lit or flashing
Check for leakage diode coupler PC801 (vyv. 1-2), resistors R819, R821, regulator IC804, diode DZ806.
If voltage 135, 28 and 8 is, and TV does not turn on, check for 12
volts on the collector Q804, IC802 stabilizer and discontinuous
resistors FA801, R828, R829. Otherwise, check the items Q804, DZ808,
D808, Q802. If this transistor Q802 is always open, replace relay
RL801S. If there is a constant voltage across the resistor R833 replace
the MC.
Lack of voltage 3,5 V on pin. 3 IC903 indicate a problem with this
chip, or the presence of a short circuit in the power circuit and the
EEPROM IC. Defective elements are detected consistently otpaivaya VDD
with these chips from the supply rail.
LED on the front panel glows red, but the TV does not go into work mode, even when you press P ±
The scheme is designed so that the transition to normal operation is
carried out immediately when power is applied (unless the unit Stand-by,
see map). The inclusion of the operating mode is determined by the
presence of stress 135, 9 (SW B +9) and 5 (SW B +5) on the power supply
output.
If you try to put the television in the operating mode by pressing
the P ± on the front panel or remote control LED blinking, but TV will
not turn on, measure the voltage on the pin. 50 IC901. In operating
mode, it should be zero. The collector of the transistor Q908 to be 3.3
V. If the pin. 50 mK there is a high potential, measure the voltage on
the pin. 33 IC901 (signal RESET) - in operation, it must be equal to 3.3
V. Otherwise, check the circuit elements and clear IC904 R924. If these
items are OK, replace the MC. Verifies that the main oscillator MC - on
pin. 34, 35 IC901 signal must be the scale 3 and 6 MHz.
If the generator does not work, replace the first resonator X901,
then capacitors S911, S910 (they can just unsolder). If the result is
not, replace the MC. Check the condition on the I2C bus pin. 5 and 6 of
IC902. If the voltage on these findings below 3.3 V, all the while an
attempt is made the exchange of data (can be observed with an
oscilloscope), first replace the EEPROM, then the MC.
Note. In the absence of IC-type 24WS161 it can be replaced by
the 24S08 (24S16), with the pin. 7 should be connected to GND. Circuit
must be "stitched" under this model TV. If there is no programmer and a
corresponding "firmware", the new chip can be programmed directly on the
TV. To do this, install the chip on the card, the TV on in the working
mode, then enter the service mode (this method requires certain skills,
because all operations have to carry out "blind"), pick it section RESET
and press the select button - VOL + on the remote control . Turn off
the TV and after 20 ... 30 seconds to include in the normal mode.
If the operation is performed properly, will screen and menus.
Further adjustments with image parameters is carried out in service
mode.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 6:26 pm

When you turn on the TV to hear the dynamic head low noise
Defective posistors PT801 - as a result of strong heating changed
denomination (the healthy resistance thermistor should be about 7 ohms).
Defective item can be changed on the analog with the same resistance.
Replacement posistors another denomination may cause damage to standing
guard FP801 or failure (burnout, melting) degaussing coil.
TV is switched on only after 10 ... 20 seconds
In this case, the LED on the front panel is also included at once,
but in operation the TV is functioning normally. In this case, check the
reset circuit (IC904, R924, C909), quartz and capacitors H901 S910,
S911. If the problem persists, replace the MC. This failure can occur
due to faulty posistor RT801.
TV turns on, but after some time off spontaneously. LED on the front panel lights up green, and then - red
TV can be switched off immediately or within a few seconds after
switching. If this occurs immediately after the appearance of high
voltage test chip IC301 for the presence of a short circuit between the
common wire and pin. 1 and 6, serviceability capacitor S307 and zener
DZ303. Before installing the new chip LA7845 check diodes D401, D402 and
capacitors S402, S404. If they are faulty, then with them out of order
discontinuous resistors R424, R425 (0,18 ohms). Their failure in most
cases is associated with failure TDKS (interturn closure). To verify
this, check TDKS one of the known methods.
Note. Express check TDKS can be carried out as follows. For
this otpaivayut pin. 1 and 6 of IC301 of the diodes D401, D402, takes
off her dress with a picture tube cap tube (to avoid burn-through CRT),
completely eliminating the possibility of touching her "earthy" tire
(video amplifier circuits in this case, instant fail). Connect an
oscilloscope to the pin. 8 (9) TDKS and turn on the TV. If the pulse
shape is not a bell-shaped (distorted), then TDKS change.
Fed to transistor Q401 line scan and test for short-circuiting his
transitions, rated capacitors reverse S405, S405, S409 and
serviceability of the diode assembly D414. Check for damaged IC501IC503
video amplifier and diodes D512-D514.
If the television off after a few seconds after the appearance of
high voltage, test voltage level X-RAY on pin. 23 IC901. In operating
mode, the voltage should be equal to 3.3 V. If it is close to zero, test
the circuit elements forming voltage X-RAY, serviceability elements
QR015, DZR015, DR015. If the voltage on the pin. 23, with the healthy
cells remains below 1, disable protection scheme (remove the jumper
DR025). Moreover, if the nominal voltage (3.3 V) is not restored,
replace the MC. If the voltage on this pin is restored when disabling
security, then the problem is with TDKS (shorted turns in the winding
7-6) or kinescope. The efficiency of tube in this case can be restored.
For this decrease to the minimum voltage at the accelerating
electrode regulator CRT SCREEN on TDKS (turn it counterclockwise until
it stops).
If after that TV is on, gradually increasing the voltage on the
accelerating electrode before the ruling. Then enter the service mode
and set the parameters of electron guns by default and conduct optimal
adjustment of the accelerating voltage.
Checking transistor Q402 and module pre-amplification HIC401 short circuit between the pin. 1 and 2.
If, in the healthy elements of the above trip continues, check the
serviceability of lowercase deflection coils. Resistance between the red
and blue wires should not be below 2.5 ohms. If there is any doubt in
good row of coils, remove the cap deflection system with CRT and conduct
its visual inspection. If you notice darkening in flames turns and
abuse varnish deflection system is replaced. To avoid problems with the
installation of a deflecting system in place previously, using a marker,
mark on base kinescope operating position, relative position of the
magnets information, and color purity.
If disabling the TV is delayed from 1 to 2 seconds after the picture
appears, check the serviceability and ratings of capacitors S426, S425,
S431, and the coils L405, L404.
After some time, the image disappears (the screen "turned off")
Check the chain tension correct formation of east-west ": chip IC401
(check her diet, if not, check the regulator IC402, rectifier D401 C402,
resistor R425), the presence of pulses at the pin. 1 IC401, transistor
Q404 and its external elements. Defective items replaced.
TV turns on (LED lights), but no picture
First of all, visually determine the glow heater kinescope. If not,
check the winding 6.7 TDKS, resistors R405, R408, for an open coil
heater. If it is broken, replace the picture tube. Check voltage Screen
(SC01 point on the board CRT), it must be equal to 200 ... 300 V, and if
it does not exist or is severely underestimated, replace TDKS.
If the screen is able to "light the" rise of the accelerating voltage
(regulator SCREEN on TDKS), measure the voltage at the cathodes of CRT.
If it is 215, check for RGB video inputs on the chip video amplifier
IC501-IC503 (vyv. 3), as well as on the outputs of IC04 and GPU
transistors DQ02-DQ04. If in this case the signals are not available,
check the replacement chip IC04.
If RGB signals on the inputs of a video amplifier, and the output is
missing, check the power rail 12 on the board of kinescope and diode
DZ504.
If there is no high voltage, measure voltage at the collector of the
transistor Q401 (130), and in its absence, check the fuse FD802, winding
3.1 TDKS for an open, solder (there are no cracks) findings deflecting
coils GT401, GT402. If the voltage is 130 V, check for pulses start on
the basis of Q401, the collector Q402, the collector and the DQ09 pin.
40 IC04 - replace defective components. To install the defective
component in this chain, you can use this method - otpaivayut entrance
previous stage of the tire and measure the DC mode of each element. If a
faulty video processor IC04, then before the replacement check for the
presence of stresses 5 and 9 on the respective pins. The reason for
blocking clock HS and VS on pin. IC04 28 and 42 may be a high level of
stress ABL (formed by line scan). If you turn off tire ABL triggers
appear, replace the line transformer. Overvoltage ABL may be associated
with leaks in the CRT. Before replacing the CRT can try to restore its
function by means of "lumbago" electrode gaps of the known methods.
TV turns on, no picture, but the screen is visible to a thin vertical stripe
When this fault screen may be dark, and the vertical band appears
when increasing the accelerating voltage. First check for an open coil
and a capacitor LR408 S830. Then check the elements that are connected
to the "cold" concluded row coils GT401 BLUE.
No picture, the screen is marred with lines of white reverse

If adjusting the accelerating voltage TDKS can not get the normal
image, check for voltage at the pin 215. 6 IC501-IC503, as well as
elements of the rectifier D411 C422.
Inspect and replace the chip IC501 - IC503. If not SIOH on pin. 5 TDKS transformer change.
Screen is marred by one of the primary colors
Check for damaged chips on the motherboard picture tube: when the
green illumination of the check IC501, in the red - IC502, in blue -
IC503.
Determine the faulty chip can be by measuring the DC voltage on the
cathode of the corresponding color (it should be higher than in the
other the cathode), or switch the positions of output video amplifier to
the corresponding cathodes. For this otpaivayut conclusions resistors
R513-R515 and connect them to the "alien" picture tube cathodes. If it
is determined that the chip IC501-IC503 functioning properly, the cause
of CRT (leakage or electrode closure "cathode-modulator). This defect
can try to fix the "shot" of the electrode gap high-voltage source.

Violation of color reproduction, one of the colors appears briefly, then disappears
Visually, this manifests as a change white balance when you change
the subject. This fault is clearly visible when fed into the TV test
tone "color bars". In this case, one of the primary colors first
appears, and then begins to disappear. With the loss of a green check
for an open resistor R511 (Fig. 7.6), with the loss of red - R506, but
with the loss of blue - R510.
In this resistor may be in the range 80 ... 100 ohms.
After installing new resistors require additional adjustment parameters RGB-Drive in service mode (menu Video Adjust 1).


On some channels are interference fringes, and when you connect
your video source to the low input is displayed in black and white

Check for damaged quartz X901, connected to terminals 34 and 35 of
IC901. In this case, the cavity is replaced by another with a smaller
error. If this problem persists, you can try to pick up ratings of
capacitors S910, S911.
No picture when connecting external video sources
First of all check the quality of soldering of input connectors
(SCART and coaxial inputs). Then check the work of the decoder IC01.
Measure the voltage of 3,3 and 1,8 on the respective pins. Check for
voltage 3,3 V on pin. 6 and 13 of IC01 and if it is grossly
underestimated, replace IC01.
The black bar on the left of the image
When a signal is colored bands observed violation of the color
reproduction. Checks for pulse H-BLANK at the pin. 39 IC04,
serviceability elements DC37, DR29, DD13, DD14. Checking if the
capacitor SIOH S432, in their absence, check for open this capacitor and
the elements of DZ403, D404. If the failure is accompanied by a
parabolic distortion of the raster, check the capacitive divider C407
C408.
No image on the screen divorces color stains
Check mode dc circuits LA7845 (-16,5 B on pin. 1 and 16.5 in at the
pin. 6), the resistor R423 on the precipice, and the zener diode D402
DZ302, DZ303.
Image is missing, the screen is visible to a thin horizontal band
As in the previous case, check the power IC LA7845. In the absence of
a stress test chip repair (you can substitute). Check for damaged
components D401, D402, R425, R424. If an intact IC301 burned resistors
R424 and R425 (in this case diodes tend to be operable), before
installing new resistors, check the serviceability of the windings
5-6-78-9 TDKS by controlling the presence and shape of the flyback pulse
on the pin. 8 and 9 TDKS. In the case of the distorted shapes of these
pulses replace line transformer. Check for the presence of sawtooth
signals framerate on the pin. 4 and 5 of IC301 and pin. 52 and 53 of
IC04. If they are not functioning properly and DD01, DD02, DC01, DC02 -
replace IC04.
The image is compressed vertically
Measure the voltage on the pin. 1 and 6 of IC301, and if it is
significantly below the nominal, checking capacitors S402, S404 and
zener DZ302, DZ303. Zener diodes can be temporarily vypayat and, if the
voltage is restored to normal levels, replace them. If the signal on the
pin. 2 IC301 does not comply with OSC. TP11 (Fig. 11), test items
DZ304, DZ305, DZ306, R304, R307, C307. If, after the replacement of
defective items is defective, replace the chip IC301. If this defect is
accompanied by twitching the frame at the top of the screen (you may
receive the band), check the voltage of 45 V on pin. 3 IC301. If it is
underestimated, replaces the D301, C302. In the case of fluctuations of
voltage and heating circuits IC301, it must be replaced.
Vertical dimension greater than the norm
Enter the service mode (menu DEFLECTION) and establish the optimal
size by using the V-AMP. If this size can not be established or there
are multi-colored line flyback on top of the image, check the value and
quality soldering resistors R305, R306 or replace IC301.
When you turn on the TV there are three colored lines above the frame, and AV-mode same place visible line flyback
Check for damaged capacitor C307. Using the oscilloscope verify the
stability of the voltage on pin. 1 and 6 of IC301, otherwise the chip is
replaced.
The large size of the horizontal with the barrel distortion
Enter the service mode, the menu DEFLECTION choose and adjust the
parameter H-EW, ensuring the normal image. If the defect does not
disappear, check elements R413 (0,47 Om), L405, the lower part of the
diode assembly D414 (between pin. 4 and 5, HC401) and (the leakage
between source and drain) transistor Q404. Checking if the control
signal pin diode modulator. 1 IC401. If not, check circuit of the signal
from the pin. 47 IC04.
Horizontal Size is small and there are pincushion distortion
As in the previous case, try to adjust the geometry in service mode.
If the problem persists, but is not accompanied by switching off the TV,
then check for leakage and loss of capacitance S409, S423, and the
transistor Q404 to a short circuit between the electrodes.
No sound
Visually inspect the connection point dynamic heads to the connectors
on the TV board, as well as the presence of audio signals to the pin. 2
and 4 UMZCH IC602. If not, check the serviceability of UMZCH. It's
enough to touch the probe of the oscilloscope pin. 12 and 7, with the
TV. If you will hear a low tone, UMZCH defective.
If there is no sound, check for the presence of high potential on
pin. 5 IC602 (about 24). If it is close to zero, and there is no
voltage, check the IP. If the voltage is normal (24 to the pin. 3), and
the signal S-MUTE two high-level (2 ... 3), replace IC901. Before
replacing the IC, check the audio settings in service mode.
Check the signal level S-MUTE 1. If it is high, check resistor R823
in the IP for an open or in the presence of "cold" soldering.
Check for audible signals at the pin. 24-26 IC601. If they are
missing, check the nutrition IC601 (5 V pin. 20 and 46), as well as the
presence of a signal at the pin. 51 and 52. If the power and voltage at
IC601 pin. 20 in the normal and the audio signal at the output is not,
replace the resonator X601, and then IC601. If the signal RESET is
active (low potential at the pin. 20), check the circuit to the
formation of MC.
Sound distortion on some channels (instead of sound - noise)
Be sure to set the system D / K in the user menu on these channels.
Improper installation of the standard of sound can be associated with
the use of manual tuning to the channel, and on the "failure" EEPROM. In
this case, the check utility to install or replace the EEPROM.
Enter the service mode and menu OPTIONS (bar SOUND) establish a system of sound A2-NICAM.
Include switch AGC (ON), if this distortion disappears or decreases,
the cause of the fault in the main tuner TU01 (it is replaced) or
television reception conditions. If the distortion remains, inspect and
replace the resonator X901, capacitors S656, S657. If the problem
persists, replace the chip IC601.
When playing sound audible clicks of
Inspect and replace the zener DZ607, DZ608 and capacitor C650. If the
clicks occur on one channel by replacing connect the speakers (as in
the previous case) determine which item is correct - the speaker or the
IC602.
When you switch channels or in a channel setting can be heard strange sound
Faulty circuit block sound. This becomes apparent when you switch the
channel on which there is no reception, while at the pin. 5 IC602
voltage low. If in the short-circuit pin. 3 and 5, the sound disappears,
the chip is working, and the faulty circuit signal MUTE. Validation
Q603, Q601, C655, D604, D603. Check whether the signal S-MUTE carried
out as in the previous case (see "No sound").
No sound, periodically disappears color
The problem in the control system: check and replace the memory chip IC902, resonator X901, microcontroller IC901.
No sound, while we have the geometric distortion of the raster (the image is shifted or preloaded from the bottom)
Check the settings in service mode. Sometimes it is enough to set the default mode, enter the RESET.
Picture "slide" up or down, with the TV on the control button does not respond
Check the voltage level on the pin. 5 and 6 of IC902. If the voltage
is lowered by pin. 6, replace the IC IC901, and if the pin. 5 - then
otpaivayut it from the circuit in standby mode is measured by its
pressure. If it is normal - defective IC, otherwise defective chip
EEPROM. If the voltage on the I2C bus in the normal (3,3), and a push
button control is the momentum of SCL and SDA, then enter the service
mode and resets the settings menu, RESET. If after this administration
is not restored, replace the EEPROM.
Check the voltage change on pin. 18 and 22 MK by pressing buttons. If
the voltage on the findings will not change and remains equal to 3.3 V,
check the serviceability of the buttons, the integrity of the tire
compounds, and resistors R951, R914. If the voltage is changed, but the
reaction of TV is not, then replace the MC.
Unable to tune in to television channels, after setting the TV does not respond to control button
If when you set up in automatic mode, the image appears briefly, but
the channel is not stored, check the voltage on the pin. 5 IC902. If the
voltage on this pin is less than 2, disable output SDA main tuner TU01,
unsolder the resistor R103. If after that recovering control of TV and
performed all the functions (of course, but setup), then the faulty TU01
Tuner and it is replaced.
With proper tuner includes a service mode and set the mode RESET. If,
after turning on the TV control is not restored, replace the EEPROM.
TV does not respond to commands from the remote
Check the serviceability of the IR receiver - the voltage on the VCC
pin and IR should be equal to 5.6 V. If the voltage is underestimated or
absent, check the zener DZY02, DZY01 (to verify sufficient vypayat them
from the board). If when you click on the remote control no pulse
packet on the derivation of IR, check the remote control (mainly
batteries). RC can be verified visually by observing the glow infrared
LED through the LCD screen digital camera. If the remote defective,
replace the IR receiver RMY01. If the pulses are present, but the
reaction of TV is not, replace the controller IC901.
When you turn on the TV and hear a single click on the image appear colored spots
Defective posistors PT801 or degaussing coil. Measure the thermistor
resistance (cold 7 ohms). Faulty coil degaussing determined by visual
inspection (insulation failure).
Extraneous noise in the system otklonyayushey
The reason for this failure lies in the design features of the
deflection system. Frame row deflecting coils made of two halves, which
are connected with metal clasps. To resolve this issue, it is enough to
pull.
No teletext
Check for a signal on pin PTSTS. 13 IC10 (TEA6425), and if not,
replace this chip. If the signal is fed to pin TTX_CYBC. 12 MK, but the
images Teletext no substitute for MK IC901.
When you turn off the TV screen a bright vertical stripe
Scheme is not working screen-saver. Check capacitor on the
motherboard S531 CRT and diode D502. If after replacing the faulty
elements problem remains - the cause of CRT. Effect can be reduced (to
avoid burn-through CRT) by reducing the amplification of signals of
primary colors adjustment in service mode.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 6:31 pm

From experience repairing TVs with microcontrollers SANYO family LC863hhh

Ruslan Kornienko (Kharkiv)

This material has been prepared on the basis of experience repairing TVs, performed on the chassis of SS1,
SS2, 3Y01, 3Y11 and used as a microcontroller chip family
LC863hhh. In addition, the authors have used the materials on the site forum


The reason for writing this article was the spread in the last three
or four years of television, the control system which is implemented on a
TV microcontrollers LC863hhh of SANYO. On the Internet, and in the
technical literature there are different names for the chassis with
microcontrollers LC863hhh - SS1, SS2, 3Y01, 3Y11, however, due to slight
differences in the circuitry of the chassis, and their constant
modification and diversity in what we classify it as a chassis 3Y01/3Y11
.
On this chassis manufactured TVs under the brand names AKIRA, Avest,
ERISSION, Eurotech, Funai, Jinlipy, JVC, Opera, PANASONIC, SANYO,
SATURN, Samsung, Sharp, SONY (refers to imitation of famous brands),
Start, as well as Chinese manufacturers of televisions and all kinds of
LCD-TFT televisions with screen sizes 5.7 inches.
The base of the chassis 3Y01/3Y11 follows: Microcontroller -
LC863hhh, EEPROM - 24S04 (08), quartz - 32.768 kHz, the video processor -
LA768hh (05/10/12/18/28/32) (A); decoder Sesam - LA7642; VLF - AN (CS)
5265, TDA2003, CD2611.
To facilitate the search for material applicability microcontrollers LC863hhh in various TV tabulated.
IC TypeModel TV, which is used, and More
LC863232B-57K7 TFT TV "SATURN" (LA76810A)
LC863320A-5N17 AKIRA CT-14HS9
LS863320A-5N94 AKIRA CT-21PF9 (EEPROM - 24C04)
LC863320A-5R76 FUNAI MK11, ERISSON 14GX37A
LC863324A-50Z0 TFT TV Super 700 (EEPROM - 24C04)
LC863324A-52C9AKIRA CT-14NX9R, ​​AKIRA CT-21N29R, Erisson 2520
LC863324A-5T51AKIRA CT-14UX9R, CT-14JP9R
LC863324A-5S68Erisson 2120
LC863328A-5Z26 TFT SUPER SP-750A, TFT MIYOTA MY-6000R, General 21M40
LC863328A-5Y23 Sony KV-SF14M90
LC863328A-5Y29 TFT MIYOTA MY-750A, TFT TV MIYOTA MY-6000R
LC863328A-5W63 Orion 2157/67/97, ​​ERISSON 2107 (Cool, AVEST 54TTS01; RC - 54V3
LC863328B-52E5 Jinlipy three thousand seven hundred twenty-eight (3,730), Orion T2103FL, Start (2115, 2116, 2136, 2156, 2166R)
LC863332A-5S10 DAEWOO DCT-21S4G
LC863332A-5Z51 ERC 21SP50 (CE2181), TOPSONIC, FUNAI S2100PF, S2500PF; RC - 5Z51-902
LC863332B-52S6 TFT TV SUPERTECHNIKS TV-6600-st, TFT TV AMSTRAD T7, Super SP-700
LC863332B-52Z6 Panasonic, MATERIN B1414
LC863332B-53W3 Samsung-14, ORSON CT-2150S; RC - 53W3 (54V3)
LC863332B-5Z51 Samsung 14 RC - 54V3
LC863332S-55M2 TFT NT 5''(54V3, and 52N8 consoles - not suitable)
LC86F3348A-50R0 Grundig ARCANCE T55-5211
LC863448S-55S6 Sanyo CE-14SA4R; (LA76818A); RC - JXMYA (IP Remote control - M055155)
LC863532B-53L1 Sharp, Samsung, SONY; EEPROM - A81D (24C08); RC - 52N8
LC863532B-53L3 Sharp, Samsung, SONY; EEPROM - A81D (24C08); RC - 52N8
LC863532V-54D5 SAYONA 14 "; JVC 14''; RC - 05D5A
LC863532B-54R6 Sony (LA76810A); RC - 52H8
LC863532C-55K9 Jinlipu-3798 (LA76818A), Sharp 14R2; RC - NH55K8; 54V3
LC863532C-55R9 Eurotech 14F670, Sharp; RC - 55P2
LC863532S-55R9 Jinlipy-3728; RC - SYZ (54B3).
LC863532C-57P1 Erisson 21F4 (LA76818A)
LC863532C-57Z0 Sony 14''; (LA76818A) RC - 55K3
LC863532C-58E5JVC 14''; (LA76810A) RC - 54B3
LC863532C-55P9Shina TV Sharp 15''(comes with remote control 55P2 - suitable desks, 5Y29-S1, 52N8)
If the last four digits of the marked chips do not match, they are
not interchangeable, except in certain cases, which will be discussed
below.

Ways to enter the service mode on the chassis 3Y01/3Y11

We present methods known to the author entry into service mode:

1. On the remote control (RC) has a few hidden buttons. To reach
them, you need to peel the top film, or disassemble the remote control.
For entry-exit service mode using the button PROD. To manage the service
mode using the button CH + / -, VOL + / -. The menu has three submenus.

2. Cause on-screen menu using the MENU button on the remote and dial the code 8633.

3. Cause on-screen menu using the MENU button on the remote and dial the code 8600.

4. Cause on-screen menu using the MENU button on the remote control,
dial 8500 (for LC86F3348A-50P0). The screen will display TEST red. For
the service you must enter the correct number of options, and originally
only available option for 3, 4 and 5 of the submenu, and then dialing
200 528 - prompted PRESS MENU NUMBER and are available to sub-nine.

5. Set the volume to 0, causing the on-screen menu using the MENU button on the remote and dial the code 6568.

6. Press the PROG button on the remote and enter code 6483.

7. With the remote control enter the code 7592.

8. Press the MENU button three times on the remote control (access to
the configuration page). Press the P + / - pick a line and dial the
code SWITCH 2483. Toggle menu pages by click MUTE.

9. Close the pin. 2 and 13 (instead of the pin. 13 possible pin. 14,
15 or 16) in the RC circuit. Chip can be potted (especially in the last
modifications of the remote control, for example, in the remote type
52N8). In this case, the count starts from the top left display,
thickened tracks feel like two conclusions, ie close the second account
from the top left and the fourth from the bottom right contacts. When
you click on "Screen" message is displayed FACTORY. Next button leads to
a transition to adjust the balance of the menu, the next push - to
adjust the geometry of the menu.

10. Repeatedly press the button on the remote SKIP, Vol-, AFT (or -/--). The yield of s / m - Button PIC.

11. Repeatedly press the button on the remote control MENU, MENU
(displayed PICTURE MENU), V. VIEV (or Q. VIEV, or RETURN), MUTE (appears
FACTORY MODE). Button SLEEP (TIMER) - go to the next menu.

12.Posledovatelno click on the remote control button, POWER, MUTE, CALL, TIMER, -.

13. For TV «Jinlipu-CD3730» (MCU LC863328B-52E5) in the absence of
modified console or a universal remote control IAC, the detailed
sequence of actions is as follows. Stow the volume to zero on the TV
button VOL-. Then on the remote control button presses and releases the
RECALL. Then press the button on the TV VOL-, hold, push the button on
the remote RECALL. After this top of the screen appears red FACTORY.
Then on the remote control button presses and releases the RECALL. On
the TV press and hold VOL-, and on the remote press RECALL. Top of the
screen appears red B / W BALANCE. This is the first service menu, which
contains 8 options. To move to the next menu item, are similar to the
previous description. Top of the screen will display ADJUST red. This is
the second service menu, which contains 20 options. The third service
on the SETUP menu contains 51 options. To exit the service menu, you
need the remote control, press and release the RECALL. To switch the TV
to normal operation on it to click and hold VOL-, and on the remote -
the button RECALL. Switching options pushbuttons P + / - on the remote
control, and their values ​​are governed by the buttons V + / - on the
remote.

14. For chassis with a microcontroller PAXX0081 LC863548B and chips
in the RC-type SC7461-103: TV panel reduces the volume to zero and hold
this button, press the DISP (rectangle marked with plus sign) on the
remote.

15. For chassis with a microcontroller LC863448S-55S6 (the TV «Sanyo
CE 14SA4R») and RC type JXMYA on a chip M055155: Hold the MENU button on
the remote control, press VOL + on the front of the TV.

16. If the previous methods are not suitable, you can use a universal
remote. For example, a universal remote control
Type the MAC to enter the service mode enter code 1111. This method is
suitable for the chassis with microcontrollers LC863532B-54D5,
LC863532C-55K9, LC863532S-55R9, and others (full-time remote control in
these models, the following types: 54B3, 5Z51, 05D5A, SYZ, HX55K8, 53W3,
57L8, 50JI, KLX-55K9T. After entering the code 1111 press button 2. The
same button is used to select the service menu. For chassis with a
microcontroller
type LC863328-5W63 with universal remote control MAK injected code 1379,
then press VOL-button on the front panel TV (up to 0) and hold her -
Title button on the remote.



Especially the work in the service menu and installing a clean EEPROM

If you are out of order chip nonvolatile memory (EEPROM) and do not
need the firmware on
some models of TV, you can install a clean EEPROM. after turn on the TV
it will be written to the factory settings. This feature is available to
most microcontrollers of this type. We consider only the features for
some of them.

Microcontroller types LC863532B-54R6 and LC863532C-55K9.
In the service menu to set the option ENG.OPTION = 1, because at a
value of 0 in the menu are available only sections 00 ... 03
and a value of 1 opens all sections - 00-15 (00-13 - for
LC863532C-55K9). menu pages are switched by pressing Vol + / - on the
remote. Mute button is used to turn off the field sweep (mode is used to
adjust the balance
white and centering the image vertically).

Microcontroller type LC863532C-57Z0. TV turns on and no
EEPROM, while the blue background at the bottom of the message «E2PROM
CLEARING», about a 9 ... 10 seconds of TV
automatically enters the auto scan and digital display (change)
the frequency of infusion channel, but finds no channels since type of
tuner is set in service mode. To initialize the "pure" memory chips
arrive
as well as in the previous case.

Microcontroller type LC863532C-58E5. In the service
menu to set the option to SETUP
SELECT = 1, because at a value of 0 in the menu are available only
sections 00-02, and a value
1 opens all sections - 00-11. Without EEPROM TV included
after 2 ... 3 seconds with flashing «EEPROM ERROR», and the bell icon.
With a clean »EEPROM TV turns on and functions normally only necessary
in the service menu to set the appropriate options: sound - disable the
equalizer, SECAM, etc..

Removing the "castle" (protection of children) on the chassis 3Y01/3Y11

If the blue background in the lower left corner of the TV screen
displays the red lock protection of children, it is necessary
press and hold the remote control for 5 ... 10 seconds, the DISP. There
is another way to remove the protection, he will need in the absence of
the regular remote. In this case the chassis to install a clean memory
chip, TV turned on. then remove the EEPROM and overwrites the strings
from the address 000000 - 00000F in the old firmware (in the removal of
an established EEPROM).
Amending the text messages on the TV screen when you turn

If necessary, a message that appears on the screen when you turn on
TV you can change. You must be written in the EEPROM starting at address
000 170 16 hex length
more than 12 characters. There are microcontrollers that have a
recording made from the addresses 000105, 0000F0, 00006D. The author
works with the programmer PonyProg, screen saver is displayed in the
sidebar in an explicit form (code ASCII).

Replacement options microcontrollers

The possible replacement of microcontrollers that do not require modifications scheme:

1. IC LC863328A-5W63 replaced LC863332B-53W3, LC863328V-52E5 or
LC863328C-56C9, but will be working full-time remote control type 54V3.

2. IC LC863324A-52C9 is replaced by LC863324A-5S68 (5N17, 5N94), as well as LC863320-5N94, LC863328B-53J5.

We give options for replacing the microcontroller, requiring some modifications:

3. In the model of «Erisson
2120 "micro-LC863320A-5N94 can be replaced by LC863320A-5R76. If such a
replacement full-time remote control needs to be replaced on the panel,
working in a set with an LC863320A-5R76 (eg, remote from a TV «FUNAI
MK11»)
and implement the following improvements:

- Remove the transistors Q001-Q003;

- Replace the resistors R002, R004, R006 at resistor 22 ohms;

- Set the decoder, for example, k155ID1: pin. 1 and 2 are connected
to the pin. 41, 42, IC001, pin. 4, 8 connected to ground, pin. 1, 2 and 3
are connected to the collectors of transistors Q003, Q002, Q001;

- Break the link between the R630 and the base of Q610, to mount the
transistor npn (eg, KT3102) and connect the base to the R630, the
emitter - to ground, a collector - to the base of Q610 and through a
resistor 22 ohms at 5;

- Refine the control board to match the buttons according to the concept of TV «FUNAI MK11».

4. IC LC863324A-52C9 is replaced by
on LC863324A-5T51. Need to invert the signal POWER, according to the
scheme with TV
LC863324A-5T51 resolder the resistor dividers in the local keyboard, to
alter management tuner (2-wire bus is replaced by 3-wire - chip set
LA7910), replace the remote and firmware EEPROM.

Note. The author believes that such replacement
microcontrollers with modifications is not economically sensible, since
the cost of chips and work on its installation and completions to date
comparable to the cost of the new chassis.


Among the selling chips LA76810A found defective copies. According to sources on the Internet
and personally met the author copies of the following manifestations of the defect:

- There is no pulse start SL;

- A black screen when you add stress SCREEN it becomes gray, visible line OX, the sound is;

- Unnatural color images in the SECAM;

- Not recorded TV channels in the AUTO mode.

Service menu options, firmware and
etc. for different versions of the considered processors can be found freely available on the forum site Monitor In the subject line "Processors LC863hhh (chassis 3Y01As well as on the website

Information on the remote control

In the RC is most commonly used chip type RT 2461-103 (full analog
SC7461-103). Marking panels on the upper part of the body often
corresponds to the marking of the microcontroller firmware (the last 4
sign, for example, LC863332A-5Z51, the RC-type 5Z51), which is indirect
evidence that this type of panel will work with the aforementioned CPU.

We give information on the analogs of remote control:

1. 54B3 = 5Z51 = 05D5A = SYZ = HX55K8 = 53W3 = 57L8 (Panasonic) = 50JI (Sharp) = KLX-55K9T = LW-55L7.

2. 52H8 = 55P2 = 5Y29-S1 = XU-5251C-N (Panasonic)

3. 55K3 = 5Z26 = 54P4 = 55K2

Characteristic
failure TVs with microcontrollers SANYO family LC863hhh the example TV Chassis SS1


Fault power supply and line scan

TV does not turn on, knocked power transistor in the power supply

The most common fault with which the author met during a pre-trading
and warranty repair of vehicles
on these chassis is the fault of pulsed power supply (UPS) (see
electrical schematic diagram TV Chassis SS1 in Fig.
1). Characteristic feature of this fault - the breakdown of key
transistor V513 (3DD2498
and analogues - 3DD4809, C4460, D1710C, D5287,
ST1802FX) and termination resistor R502 (3,9 ohm x 5 watts), which
limits the inrush current UPS and charge the filter capacitor C507
(100,0
uF x 400). In this case, the fuse FU501 remains generally intact. In
devices that were released recently, this resistor is replaced
posistors. The reason for this failure - the transistor V511 (2SA1015),
which stands in the chain of the OS and much too hot in standby mode
(DR). Many repairers
replace him on the A1013, but more reliable version - 2SV892, especially
because such
transistor used in these chassis in other positions, thus achieving the
unification of components. In the absence of sufficient experience
repairing and apparatus for testing the current of pn junctions
recommended immediately replaced by the following elements: R502, V511
(on 2SV892), V512 (2SC3807) and V513 (3DD2498 - it
better replaced by BU1508AX, while heating radiator staff does not
exceed
45 ... 50 degrees) and optocoupler N501 (RS817). Price components
not exceed 40 rubles. and breakdown power transistor (or repeat) can be
avoided.
If the situation repeats itself - replaced all ceramic capacitors in the
primary
chain blocks - they usually fail (break). Output voltage
UPS, which is powered from the line scan (measured at the cathode VD551)
in the TVs of 14 inches in the DR is
63 ... 65 V, and in the operating mode (PP) - 110 ... 115 VA UPS for
these chassis may go
down with decreasing input power. In addition, in recent years been many
cases of failure the UPS due to breakage of filter capacitor
C507.

Fig.
1. Basic electric circuit TV Chassis SS1

UPS can be tested in standalone mode, connecting to it instead of the line scan bulb 220 V/60 (75) Tues

UPS fault associated with the absence of its launch

This occurs due to oxidation of the conclusions of the findings of
the current sensor resistor 0.22 ohm emitter switching transistors
UPS lack of run UPS is also associated with breakage or increase in
resistance of a series-connected resistors R520, R521 120 ohms nominal
(0.5 Watts) or a decrease in capacity
(Inland cliff) ceramic capacitors S515 (often due to his fault - his
capacity decreases with .015 uF to 1 nF), S517.

UPS is sometimes included (1 times out of 10 ... 20), and later stopped to include

From the words of the client through the 1 ... 2 o'clock TV
could spontaneously switch to DR. Reason - failure of the transistor
V511 (2SB764). resistance of the "collector-emitter" was 150 ohms, and
"Base-collector" - about 25 ohms. Transistor has been replaced by
2SB892.

Understated all secondary
The UPS, for example, B + is 90 instead of 110
In

The reason zener VD561 (6,2 c). It forms a current through the optocoupler diode N501.

TV turns on, screen on
Horizontal narrowed to 2 cm (diagonal 14 ") and has a" ragged "edge through
5-10 seconds - there is disruption of horizontal sync


The reason - Output Voltage UPS
underestimated. It turned out that the output capacity of the unit is
underestimated (in test mode
UPS operates at a power of incandescent bulbs to 25 watts, while the
output
Voltage B + is about 85 V instead of 110). The reason - the previously
mentioned decrease in the capacitance of ceramic capacitors S515, S517.

The size of the raster changing when you change the plot

Line scan was disabled, the UPS is connected lamp 220V/75 W and a
power outage Vertical. In this mode, the output voltage B + regulated in
the range 89 ... 118 V, with the restoration scheme at the output B +
UPS is more than 99 in the make failed. Current consumption of CP (by B
+) is about 175 mA. The reason - an increase in the nominal resistor
R517 from 1 kOhm to
100 ... 360 ohms (resistor in the base circuit of transistor V512).

Spurious generation UPS in Standby mode (low-pitched sound can be heard in the area of ​​the transformer N501)

In operating mode, TV worked fine.
Get rid of extraneous noise was replacing the resistor R525 (part of the
damping circuit in the collector V513) on a jumper. The second option
increases the capacitance C516 (300 pF) to 1000 pF (working
strain S516 is not less than 1 kV). With such a revision defect persists
guaranteed.

Come across instances of data SMPS,
having a relatively high temperature of power transistor Q513 - 60 ° C
that in the warm season may lead to overheating and the UPS output from the system. C
improve the reliability of the UPS, the following solutions:

1. Pick himself transistor V513 (see above options analogues);

2. Increase the resistor
R524. As a rule, in instances of strong heating V513
its face value is low (22 ... 33) ohms. Increase denomination of the
resistor to the (56 ... 68) Om significantly lowers the temperature of
the transistor. The diagram (Fig. 1) indicated this particular
denomination, but actually installed a resistor less
par. Vypayanny resistor R525 (see above) is set to position R524 (their
Power is the same), which ultimately eliminates the overheating of the
key
transistor UPS. Since the R525 will still be deleted to eliminate
parasitic generation
UPS is in standby mode, and put him in position R524 (if it is set in
1922 ... 33 th and there is a key heating UPS). It is typical for UPS TV
SANYO.

In other TV (Eurotech, JVC,
Opera, PANASONIC, Samsung, Sharp, SONY) almost always, these resistors are installed the same denomination - 47 ... 68 Ohm.

It should be noted that in the TV Sanyo
(With slight diagonal CRT) types of defects is breakdown of the output transistor line scan (NTOs), followed by failure of
UPS
. Typically, this occurs if the scheme UPS as a core transistor is used not bipolar and FET
(A version of the chassis). At the same time overcurrent protection in the UPS does not manage to work. The reason
Fault - capacity "of the collector-emitter" music. In the modifications to the chassis
bipolar power switches of the UPS at fault is not out of order.

TV does not switch from standby to work

Most often the problem is with faulty or defective soldering findings
quartz G701 (32,768 kHz), as which can be successfully used "watch" the
cavity from an electronic clock,
Motherboard PC, etc. In addition, you should check ceramic capacitors
C709 and S710.

Often the cause of this fault is the breakdown of a key transistor V551 (SB892) in the secondary circuit unit.

In one of the pre-trading machines cause this failure was a
connection between a "pullup" resistor on tires, SCL and SDA, ie These
tires have been closed (vyv. 5 and 6 EEPROM N702), although visually it
was not clear from the high density mounting on board.

Another reason for this
failure - loss of vacuum in a CRT. It is usually heard attempts
run UPS, sometimes - can have time to visually see the appearance of the neck of the kinescope
purple glow. There was another case of breakdown between the tracks on the board and
mounting wires findings to lower operating and staffing the coil.

Quite common sample row transistors V432, in which we can
use 3DD2499, 2SD1651C, TT2170, TT2190, 2SC5149, 2SD2624. As
replacement of the author recommends BU1508AX. In the latter case, you
must also install parallel shift "of the collector-emitter" two
series-connected diode type
FR207 (or something like it), and the parallel transition of
"base-emitter" - resistor
47 ... 51 Ohm. In fact, you can use absolutely any suitable parameters
for the transistors with built-in diode and resistor.

When you turn on TV out of standby mode line scan does not run in the TPI is heard a sound like
to "rustle"


The reason is the leakage
Transistor Horn (TT2190) - resistance transitions "base-emitter and
"Base-collector was about 15 ohms.

Another variant of this
failure: is also evident, as in the previous case and from time to time
(through
2 ... 3) You hear a click - an attempt to restart. The reason - loss of
the filtering capacitor S564 (1000 uF x 25 in) - very common.

No picture, increasing the accelerating voltage regulator on
the Screen TDKS it appears. But the broken linear vertical and vertical
size is reduced by one third


Shape Personnel Ramp
voltage is highly distorted, and the constant component also differs from
par. The reason is the stabilizer 5 N552 (7805) - its output voltage
overestimated and is 7,5 V.

Vertical dimension is underestimated
20% in the AUTO mode is not recorded TV channels


The reason for the stabilizer 5 N552
- Its voltage output is only 4 V.

After 1 ... 1,5 hours lost
image


It turned out that it ceases to operate line-scan (amplitude of the
row pulses start understated and highly distorted their shape). Vertical
works. The reason for the stabilizer 12 N551 (7812). Output voltage
circuits
underestimated and is 6 V.

Jump (decrease - increase by 2 - 3 cm) is resized vertically, violated the linearity of the vertical

Defect was corrected after the replacement of the stabilizer
N551 (7809).

When you turn on TV in the area
TPI hear the rustle of a powerful, television will not turn on, the voltage B + is 100 in


Ohmmeter overload secondary
UPS circuits not identified. ESR (Equivalent Series Resistance)
electrolytic capacitors in the secondary circuit in the normal range.
Malfunction of the primary and secondary circuits UPS - was not
confirmed. When disconnecting the cathode of the diode VD554 from the
circuit (power circuit of the stabilizer 12 N551)
voltage V + becomes the nominal (110 V). Significantly underestimated
(up to 1,5 V)
output voltage of the integral stabilizer 5 N553. The assumption that
increased consumption of the chain 5 (N701, N702) was not confirmed -
when powered by an external TV
earned. Thus, the cause of the problem in the fin N553 (78L05). Earlier
this chassis mounted stabilizer
type 7805, which has a higher load carrying capacity. It was used for
replacement.

Faults associated with the
distortion of information in EEPROM


TV Samsung (LC863322B-53W3). SECAM system color image
dark, unnatural


Very similar to as if the signal is no brightness component (like a
delay line break in the old
models of TV, the image is negative). A similar problem to the author
met with refusal decoder SECAM LA7642N, but in this case the switching
system in the PAL
image disappeared altogether. When you install a clean (FF) EEPROM in
the user menu color system is SECAM absent, but in PAL TV worked fine.
Naturally, the image was broadcast in SECAM
black and white. After installing the firmware EEPROM with a working
television and earned a
SECAM - confirmed suspicions about the failure of the firmware.

TV with a microcontroller LC863322B-53W3.
Flashing an image with a frequency of about 1 Hz, the display shows the
markup for the installation of the geometry (bounded rectangle cross)


Distortion of information in the EEPROM. Need to switch the type of video processor with LA76810A at LA76818.

TV Sharp (LC863532C-55K9, LA76810A). A negative image about
not visible


To correct enough to enter the service, and in section ADUST MENU 1 in row CROSS B / W change
value from 1 to 0. - Added information.

TV «Eurotech 14F670» (LC863532C-55R9). In the user menu disappeared choice PAL and SECAM

Distortion of data in the EEPROM. Chip can overwrite or fix the
parameters in the service menu. To this end, the service mode set
value ENG.OPTION = 1, because A value of 0 is available only to sections
00 ... 03 menu
and a value of 1 opens all partitions (00 ... 15). Next, set the menu
LA7681X OPTION MENU 14 value parameters COL-PAL and COL-SECAM equal to
1.

TV «Samsung CS-21V10MJ» (LC863532C-57Z0, tuner VS8-1G5-BG). In
AUTO mode, are not channels in the range of UHF, in other ranges -
standard


The reason for failure of the firmware EEPROM. In the service menu PAGE 6 should change the value of options
UHF 3 / 4.

TV «Sanyo CE 14SA4R» with
microcontroller LC863448S-55S6. Video input not working
The
reason for this
same as in previous cases. To eliminate the need in the service menu
option "87. AV123 »switch the value from 0 to 1, and then to exit the
service click on the remote control MENU button and turn off the TV
network button.

TV «Erisson 2120» (LC863324A-5S68 LC863324A-52S9 or) not controlled with the remote control, but only from the front panel

Work RC is only possible with the correct firmware EEPROM. You must
use the programming to 16 Hex Number
at 190 to record 22, and on 1FA - 33. It should be noted that it is
enough to erase
any of these cells, and work the remote control - is restored. In this
case, the TV responds to the remote, if I turn it on with a "clean»
EEPROM.



Vertical Irregularities

After warming up on the top
part of the screen appear the line flyback (OX) or raster vertically is 2
/ 3 of the nominal size, the top line on it Oh, no display
Menu


The reason was the leakage ceramic capacitor S455 (10 pF x 500) which
is placed between input and output circuits Vertical LA7840 (analogues
in the other case - LA78040, TDA8172). After
replace all normal.

TV Jinlipu
(LC863528A-53E5). "Knocking" lines on top of the screen and preload size
(2 cm) on the bottom. After heating (3 ... 4 minutes), the image becomes
normal


It was observed that immediately after the TV gets very hot (70 ° C) IC CD N202
(LA7840). Replacing the capacitor C455 does not give, after removal of the capacitor all returned to normal.

In pre-trading 14-inch
models of TV when you turn on vertical size is 4 cm


The reason - a significant increase
ESR capacitor separation S457 (1000.0 x 35 in) at the output circuits of
the CD. Replacing the capacitor. Fault encountered repeatedly.

TV Samsung, pre-trading repairs. When you turn on TV goes into the RR, there is no high voltage

At the break of a resistor R550 (1 ohm), installed in the circuit
voltage + 24 V, which feed on the CD STV9302B chip and the driver line
scan V431. The reason - a short circuit on the pin. 2 and 4, N401.IC
is
replaced by TDA8172 (LA78040, etc.). After switching on the screen
twitches, "knocked out" line (black strokes on a blue background), small
size of the vertical lines are visible OX. reason - an increase in ESR
(over 40 ohms) filtering capacitor S552 (470.0 x 35V) to the circuit 24
B. It was the reason for failure of the replaced components above.

Faults associated with lack of memory write channels for AUTO, "leaving" the tuning frequency



TV «Jinlipu 3798"
(LC863532C-55K9, LA76818A, tuner company GDC-type ET-5S1E-CV100K). Drift
settings previously configured channels. In AUTO mode, channels are, but
not recorded in the memory (not increasing the channel number)


On the pin. 1910 N201
(LA76818A) signal AFT OUT, the voltage varies in the range 1.5 ... 2.6
V. When disconnecting the output from this chain of AFT and the pin.
1914 N701, signal AFT IN, the voltage at the connection point of
resistors divider R113 R114 (100 ohms) dropped to a level
0,2 V, although it should be 2.5 V. The reason for leakage ceramic
capacitor C235 (0.01 uF). Leakage resistance - about 3.8 ohms. After his
replacing the voltage was equal to 2,5 V and TV normally earned.

Note. When it detects the channel in AUTO mode
voltage on the pin. 10 LA76818A rises to 4.5 V, in the RR, it is about 3
V. To test the circuit VCO T201 instead you can set
any available, for example, the contour of the channel on the chip
TDA8362.


By the same or similar manifestations
faults give the following reasons:

- Inflated power microcontroller
N701 (stabilizer N553 (7805));

- Failure of the microcontroller
N701 - «broken" by the conclusion IDENT, an ohmmeter is not diagnosed, but only to substitute a known good controller;

- "Jumping" channels in
auto search when manually configuring channel can be set up, you can
eliminate the problem of increasing resistor R756 (connected to the pin.
33 N701);

- Directly to the tuner itself, first
it propaivayut (first findings of coils and the elements on its board), if it does not work - replace the tuner.

TV Sony (LC863532C-57Z0). when running auto scan detected 16 live channels, but are memorized
Only two


In this case, the sound and picture on
recorded in the memory channels were normal. The reason - the distortion of data
EEPROM, not the correct choice of the drive for the tuner. Should be in the service menu PAGE 10 parameters
VIF.SYS instead of 0 to assign a value of 1.



Other faults chassis 3Y01/3Y11
No color in the color system
PAL


No color in the PAL as the air, so
and video inputs, a SECAM everything is normal. Defective quartz G201
(4,43 MHz), connected to the pin. 38 LA76810A. In the TV repaired
instead of a capacitor S223 (consistent with the resonator) was a jumper
at the same time on the case of G201 appropriate scientific labeling
(HCJ-0pF) was not. When replacing the resonator was used with marking
HCJ-0pF. Perhaps
use any other resonators 4.43 MHz under the condition of selection in
series with it "load" capacitor. This defect is characterized by
and for the rest of the chassis in which to handle the PAL signal, an
external crystal.

TV with video processor LA76818A. No color in the color system SECAM

When the control pin on an oscilloscope.
1911 N202 (LA7642N) 4.43 MHz signal is absent, and in
connection point on the quartz crystal and a resistor (the second output
resistor - to ground) signal is present. The scheme differs from the
inclusion LA76818A LA76810 - 4.43 MHz signal for the decoder SECAM
removed
not with a single output (vyv. 37 LA76810), but with the quartz
resonator 4? 43 MHz through the transistor. Checking Transistor
and external elements, until their replacements have failed, after which
the revision was made: the signal was fed directly through the
condenser face value
0.01 uF. This will bring color to the SECAM. Fault encountered
repeatedly.

Color in SECAM may not
yet due to a malfunction of the capacitor S210 (0.01 uF is connected to the pin. 4
LA7642N).

At saturation, a non-zero, the screen is "flooded" in green
(screen, painted in green). When harvested
saturation - the normal black and white image. Defect is present in the
PAL, and in SECAM. Another version of the Symptom - the vertical columns
of color


The reason - "leakage" of the ceramic capacitor C279 (0,01 uF is connected between the pin. 30
LA76810A and pin. 9 LA7642N).

The dimensions of the raster in the norm, but
image cropped from the right by 4 cm (for 14''CRT)


When the control signal SSC to pin.
28 LA76810A its amplitude is lowered from 4.5 to 0.8 V, the shape is
distorted. When you disconnect the pin. 28 LA76810A and enter SSC
on-board decoder SECAM pulse amplitude
on the R413 came back to normal. When you connect the decoder signal SSC
distorted, hence the reason for the decoder. Substitutions chip LA7642A
nothing
not given. The reason for this "cold" soldering decoder output power (12
V, and new versions of the chassis - 9).

TV on the chassis PAXX0081
(LC863548B).
Image contrast is very small and is not regulated as a user, and in the service menu

To adjust the brightness of the problems were noticed. The reason the
node transmission ABL - shaper limiter diode D1, D2, the signal is fed
to the pin. 13 LA76810A (in Fig. 1, this diode VD401 and VD402). Diode
D2 leaks (more than 20 ... 30 megohms). 1N4148 diodes are replaced by
domestic type KD521, KD522.

TV «Jinlipy-3728. After heating (20 minutes later ... 25) "knocks out" line from the top of the
images (thin white stripes with a step of 3.2 mm) up to full "slide"
them to the bottom edge of the image


To localize the defect charge is heated
hair dryer, turned out to be faulty driver line scan V431
(2383A). Transistor has been replaced by KT961A.

TV SAYONA 14. No Vertical and OSD

Chip Raman LA78040 was no elaboration replaced by LA7840 (under it
have extra seating on the main board - in this case you must remove the
two jumpers on the board. Indication was restored after the removal of
the microcrack paths on the board, on which SIOH come to a
microcontroller.

When you turn on TV there is a "breakdown" frame and line sync
(not always present). The brightness a bit overstated, visible "tree
structure"


The reason - loss of or increase in ESR electrolytic capacitor S562 (22,0 uF x 250), mounted on the circuit
190 V power supply video amplifier motherboard kinescope.

When you turn on TV without a signal on the "blue background" randomly appear darkened band width of 4-5 cm (14 "CRT)

The reason - "Breakdown" on the board with a picture tube tracks the accelerating voltage (SCREEN) to track 190 B.

When you turn on TV there is a blue screen, screen saver, with
3-5 seconds of raster begins to contract horizontally and vertically
stretched, there are lines of OH, at the top - there's more, the image
is slightly "lighter" (becomes a "whitish" ), twitches "picture" on the
raster


Measurement of voltage B + after the showed that it reduced from 110 V
to 90 V. Voltage Video Amplifier underestimated by 2 times - instead of
210 in total about 95 V. The reason, significantly increased ESR filter
capacitor uF 22.0 x 250 in the chain 210 V. In this case, the voltage
formed no UPS (as in Fig. 1), and the classical scheme - using line
scan.

TV «Start 2115/2116/2136/2156/2166P» (LC863328A-5W63). After
lightning storm when you turn on a blue background appears red «BUS OPEN»


Control with local keyboard
and with no remote. Replacement of memory - has not helped. Available
information was available that
if the CPU LC863320 pin. 31 (he pulled in 10 ohms at 5 V and is
displayed on the service connector) is closed on a common wire, the
screen will «BUS
OPEN »and lost any control of TV. When measured at a pin. 31 (on the
schemes it is denoted
«Enable - Power safety») LC863328A-5W63 stress is underestimated and was
only
0.96 V. Par "pullup" resistor R754 was reduced from 10 to 1 kW,
resulting in tension had risen to 3,3 V and TV normally earned.

Faults TDKS and their replacement

Considered at the chassis can be installed TDKS types BSC 25-09N20E,
BSC24-01N4006E1, BSC23-01N40G1,
BSC24-01N4014K, BSC 1925-Z1003A. Some of them have 5 taps to correct the
size of the screen when using different picture tubes (OS). It should
be noted
that TDKS on these chassis during the warranty period, crashes rarely.
The author met the following defects TDKS:

- Interturn closure of the primary winding TDKS

- Burning-high-voltage section with resistors Screen, Focus;

- Insulation breakdown Corps TDKS about the withdrawal of the anode high-voltage wire.

For information, TDKS type BSC25-N3604SA (BSC24-6828) can be no
realignment of conclusions (only need to drill one hole and solder the
output of "ground" resistors Screen, Focus for TDKS type 174-375F) is
replaced by any of the following types: 154 - 177 (B, J), 154-194 (A, B,
C, D, F), 174-375 (H, F), 154-479A, HR7484, HR7485, HR7906, PET22-23.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 11:39 pm

From experience repairing TVs for chips family M37160M8-xxx and M6126h company MITSUBISHI




Ruslan Kornienko (Kharkiv)






This material has been prepared on the basis of experience repairing TVs based on cathode-ray
tube (CRT) and liquid crystal panel (LCD) carried on the chassis and the M03
similar to it, using as a microcontroller chip family M371hh
M6126h and video processors. In addition, the authors have used the materials forum
site




M03 chassis, at least in
our region has received less common than the chassis 3Y01 and his ilk
[1], But the number of televisions sold in this chassis is enough
large. There are also frank imitation of TV SONY, Panasonic, Samsung,
GROL, HUAZHOU, which use second-hand CRT monitor, usually with
diagonal of 14-15 inches, and LCD televisions with screen sizes 7.5 inches.

On the chassis for CRT TVs
there is the inscription «29M03 MAIN-3PCB». Base composition of the chassis as follows:

- Microcontroller M37160M8-064FP (planar
housing, 42 O with 2-sided PCB layout);

- Non-volatile memory (EEPROM)
24LC16 (08);

M61260A video processor (planar
housing, 64 O 4-sided PCB layout), instead of which we can
applied M61264 or M61266;

- Quartz 4.433 MHz;

- TDKS BSC25-05N2105A or BSC24-01N4006E;

- Line transistor (HOT) TT2170;

- Chip Vertical D (LA) 78,040;

- Switch inputs HCF4053BE;

- ULF TDA2003;

- RC RC09-M301 (W7-M031B), meets
Two versions chips - Option housing in epoxy resin and a variant with a chip
type LT1388.

The board connector is present for
PC connection on the bus I2C.

On the TV screen, performed on
this chassis, with no signal from the antenna display shows «SONY», «Sharp»
etc., depending on the name of TV.

To facilitate the search for material
applicability of microcontrollers M37160M8-xxx and graphics processors in M6126h
various TV summarized in Table. 1.

Table 1. Applicability
microcontrollers M37160M8-xxx and graphics processors M6126h

IC Type Type GPU Type EEPROM Model TV, which is used, and More
ORION OEC7072A M61250 S24C02BT27 TOSHIBA 13A22 (NTSC)
M37150M8-055FR M61260 TFT TV Shinon SH-740
M37150M8-069FR M61260 Vitek VT-1011
M37150MA-098FR M61260 24S08 TVD Nokasonic CTV-111DVD IC RC - SC6122-001
M37160M8-053FP M61264 24S16A MASTEC 50614/HTF70
M37160M8-056FP M61260 24S08 7 "TFT-LCD
M37160M8-058FP M61266 24S08 Sony 14 "
M37160M8-059FP M61264 24S08 ROADSTAR TVD-1437X, Mastec 30621/HTF62 TVD, Durabrand P1430D
M37160M8-064FP M61260 24C08 Sony, OLYMP-LT1388 (RC)
M37160M8-067FP M61266 24C08 Challenger ATV-700R LCD, ALBA TVD3406XI
M37160M8-070FP M61260 24C08AN Prology HDTV-700 WNS, TFT SUPER
M37160M8-073FP M61260 24S08A Panasonic TV + DVD, (the remote control to MS T3833-002J)
M37160M8-076FP M61264 (6) 24S08A Orion PLT 7041; TVD, (RC-type RS919 on MS T3833-002J)
M37160M8H-081FP M61260 24C08 TV Panasonic 15 "(RC RS09-4)
M37160M8-M0.63 Hitachi C21-TF751S (RC ETE 97)
M37160MA-201FP M61260 24C16W6 ONIDA 21 IQ DLX (RC RC115 / A)
M37160MA-210FP M61260 24C08 Premiera RTR-510Z



Ways to enter the service mode on a TV chassis with microcontrollers M37160M8-xxx

We present methods known to the author entry into service mode:

1. On the chassis with a microcontroller
M37160M8-064FP in the user menu, choose the section-image
"Antenna" in it - select "Fine Tune" button is pressed
VOL + on the remote control, and then the number buttons 0-9 select any of the 10-point
menu.

2. On the chassis with remote control on a chip type
LT1388 to enter the service mode there is a hidden button, it closes the pin. 6 and
11 of the chip. Press this button and simultaneously with the button "Speaker".
It remembers the settings automatically when you exit the menu by pressing
MENU. In this type of remote control buttons are hidden by a regulated
white balance, you can also edit the logo that TV shows with
inclusion of that by pressing a hidden button LOGO (equivalent to
the closure of 6 and 14 O IC RC). To exit from edit mode logo
need more time to press this button.

3. On the chassis with microcontrollers
M37160M8-064FP, M37160M8-081FP and M37160MA-210FP press the MENU button on the remote control and
the number keys enter the code 6483. You should see a red inscription «FAC».
Performing the same operation again, go to the subsection "White Balance", and in
third time - "Geometry". Enumeration exercise of options click MUTE. To exit
the service mode dial again sequence MENU, 6483.

4. For TV, in which the RC
JKT applied chip firms such as T3833-002J, click the hidden button on the remote control
located in the second row from the bottom right, which is equivalent to the closure of the pin. 3 and
7 Products T3833-002J. Sections in the menu switch numbered buttons 0-9 and click
TV / AV on the remote. This gives access to 12 sections of the menu, as well as section
edit logo. The sections are choosing options buttons P + / - and control the
their values ​​by pressing Vol + / -. To exit the service mode and save the settings
press the MENU button on the remote.

5. On the chassis with microcontrollers
M37160M8-067FP M37160M8-076FP and close the pin. 1 and 5 chip RC-type
T3833-002J. To navigate to different pages of the menu button is pressed -/--. This
same key is used the service mode.

6. On the chassis with a microcontroller
M37150M8-055FR pressed a concealed button on the remote control, each subsequent click on the
which opens a new chapter of adjustments. After the third time, appears
inscription PASSWORD, followed by dialing 123 - there is still access to the
three menu pages.

7. C At the RC series
push button MUTE, RECALL, PP, SWAP, while the screen will service
menu. Switch sections click AV / TV until the release of the service mode.
In the menu you can enter with a 0-9 number buttons. Choose options button
P + / - buttons and change Vol + / -. Pressing the MUTE button in service mode
leads to the initialization data in the EEPROM. To exit the service mode
push button MENU.

8. Chassis on the microcontroller
M37160MA-201FP on the RC-type RC115 / A you press the VSM and DISP.

Note. Graphics and
Services microcontrollers M37160M8-064FP and M37160M8H-081FP identical.




Features of the service mode and install a clean EEPROM

If you are out of order chip EEPROM
and do not need a firmware for the majority of the microcontroller can
Insert a blank memory chip. An exception is the microcontroller
M37160M8-070FP, for which the EEPROM must be pre-programmed.

After switching on the TV in the EEPROM will
written to the factory settings, but usually after the procedure in
custom menu option is inactive SECAM requires
adjust the number of AV-inputs, a built-in DVD-Player. For
restore them to enter in service menu and set the values ​​of these
options. Upon completion of the work in the service mode to disable and enable
TV, or updated is not made to take effect. Some features for
specific microcontroller will be mentioned below.



About
replacement remotes


We give information on the analogs of regular remote control:

1. Instead, the RC-type RS09-4 (on the TV
M37160M8H-081FP) fits the RC type W7-M031B (TV on M37160M8-064FP) and RC-type RS09-M301S
(TV on M37160M8-064FP).

2. Established remote control televisions on
Microcontroller M37160M8-064FP M37160M8-073FP and among themselves are not compatible.



Information on the GPU

Acceptance of the programs in the chromaticity
SECAM is only possible on the chassis with the video processor type M61260/1/2/4. In
video processor type M61266 SECAM decoder is missing, although the corresponding
flash EEPROM allows you to see the menu this color system. Menu on the chassis
such a video processor nerusifitsirovannoe.

To view channels
broadcast in a system with a SECAM video processor M61266, on the chassis to install
transcoder. Transcoder type TSP-56-4 is not suitable for installation. Transcoder Type
TK-22-1 gives a clear zigzag obstacle, the best results are obtained when
Installation transcoder type TKN-24. He put in the open circuit video,
going to the pin. 41 M61266.



Typical fault TVs microcontrollers M371hh and GPU
M612hh




Due to the fact that
circuit solutions pulsed power supply, and case staffing
scans are identical to the previously considered in [1], there is no need for them
considered. We consider only the failure characteristic of the chassis.
Basic electric circuit of one of the options for the chassis using
this set of chips, which is implemented LCD TV, is shown in
Fig. 1 and 2.



Fig. 1. Basic electric circuit chassis M03. Power source. Microcontroller.
Tuner. Tract drive and the video processor. Chroma signal decoders. UMZCH. Scheme
Power Light



Fig. 2. Basic electric circuit chassis M03. Interface LCD panel



Faults associated with the
distortion of information in EEPROM




Distortion of information in the EEPROM for
chassis for consideration microcontrollers leads to a lack of
SECAM color in the user menu. To resolve this problem want to
service mode (SER section 3) change the type of video processor for M61260 instead
M61264 and M61266, is not governed by sound or at the maximum - in the service
menu option to fix the sound, as will be described below on the TV screen
constantly lit red «factory» or «fac» (PROD), while all other
functions are carried out, which is also caused by malfunction of the contents of EEPROM and can be eliminated
just exit the service mode «FAC» or overwriting memory chips.

Consider the failure of specific
TVs due to the distortion of information in the EEPROM, taking place in
practice of the author.



TV LG 12 "(M37160M8H-064FP and M61260). No
sound in the TV standard, DK


In the user menu system is not DK. To correct this problem in service mode in the 4 section
SER 4 to set the value of S SYS, equal to 01,111.

When adjusting the volume display on-screen menu changes, but the sound is barely audible and does not change. To resolve
problems need to be in the service menu in the 4 section 4 to establish the value of SER
parameter of PWM, which is 0, and 1 section of a parameter SER AUDIO - 42.



TFT-LCD TV 7 "(M37160M8H-056FP and M61260). In the user menu system is not color SECAM

Should be in the firmware on the 16-hex address 0061 to change the code 00 to FF.



TFT-LCD TV Prology HDTV-700WNS (MCU M37160M8-070FP). Blue background, a twitch, the breakdown of vertical synchronization

Should be in the firmware on the 16-hex address 000040 to change the code 8F to any other, except for F.



Other typical fault chassis M03



TV is not being transferred from duty in the operating mode

The reason - the closure of interturn primary turns TDKS, breakdown of the output transistor line scan.



Very low sound

This was due to increased
equivalent series resistance (ESR) electrolytic
capacitor at the output of the VLF (470 uF x 25 in).



No remote control, with local keyboard controlled television

The pulses from the photodetector to the input of a microcontroller
(9 O) do. The reason - the breakdown of the microcontroller input static
electricity. Replacement microcontroller.



TV Panasonic 15 "(M37160M8H-081FP and M61260). Not controlled by remote control (sometimes Team pass)
"Rustling" in the area of ​​UPS, "knockout" lines, wavy distortions of the raster


The reason - loss of the filter electrolytic
capacitor at the output of the diode bridge (100,0 x 400 uF).



Videodvoyka (TV + DVD)
Nokasonic CTV-111DVD 11 "(M37150MA-098FR and M61260). Not included, іndikator
DR does not burn.


Break two diodes power rectifier bridge at the entrance to a pulsed power supply from a prior
breakdown of ceramic capacitors 1000pFh500V included parallel diodes.
Fault encountered repeatedly.



Videodvoyka (TV + DVD)
Panasonic 15 ". When you turn the power indicator turns on for 1 second and
switched off, TV does not work


Composition of the chassis: a microcontroller M37160M8-073FP, EEPROM
24S08A, video processor M61260, Frame Scan LA78040, transistor line scan
2SD1555, TDKS TH-YBSC44014K (BSQ24-01N4014K), Tuner - ET-5S1E-EV100K,
UMNCH TDA7057AQ, controlled stabilizer 5 volts - 278R05 , the PWM
controller UPS TEA1506R, a key transistor 10N60B.

UPS output lacks all
secondary voltage. Congestion in the secondary circuit is not revealed. When connecting
as a load to the source instead of the line scanning lamp 220 V/40...100
Tues its behavior is different: either restart with a frequency of 0,5 ... 1,5 Hz, either running
and the transition to defense.

Circuit television to find not
failed. Information on the PWM controller TEA1506 the Internet, except Datasheet, not
found. In [2] found a description of such a chip - TEA1507. It provides
"Soft start" of the source, short closed loops TPI, over-
voltage, current and temperature. With such a complex internal system of protection and testing
functions in the chip a desire to replace it, but it was not for sale.

Elements of secondary circuits
differed significantly from those in Datasheet - there were four transistor
in the control circuit controlled zener TL431. Verification, including
replacement, all semiconductor devices, resistors, current sensor, and other
elements of the result is not given.

By using the device for
UPS testing [3, 4] was found microcrack printed conductor
basic circuit of the transistor that controls stabilitron TL431. TV work has been
fully restored.

Note. Supply voltage
line scan in safe mode is 30 B in the working - 110 VA UPS from
repair can be tested in standalone mode, connecting to it instead of a lowercase
Scanner bulb 220 V/40...100 Tues On the findings of the stabilizer KIA278R05
operating and enabled DVD-player, the following voltage:: vyv.1
- 7.5 V pin. 2 - 5,0 V (the +5 V on pin. 2 appears only if
enabled DVD (on the control pin. 4 with the supplied 5,0).




Videodvoyka (TV + DVD) Panasonic 15 ". Section does not work the DVD, the menu screen there are only modes of TV, AV1 and AV2.

The reason - the distortion of information in the EEPROM. Must enter
the service mode and in section 10 OPTION AV-SND install DVD ON
(entrance in service mode - see Section 4 "How to enter service mode on a
TV chassis with microcontrollers M37160M8-xxx).

Among the features to work with
this model, the service mode should include the following. If the menu
option OPTION SET 07 1 DECODER SEL put a value of 2, then drops the
brightness (image flickers and becomes negative, which resembles a break
in the chain of luma).

Without EEPROM TV starts at 8 ... 10 seconds, during which the
microcontroller initializes the EEPROM, then the buttons P + / - local
keyboard or "P +", "P", "Network" Remote control - is translated into
the RR. As such, the TV is fully functional, but the regime DVD - it is
not. A similar behavior is observed with a TV clean »(FF) EEPROM. The
conclusion follows from the foregoing: to restore the TV without a
working firmware, you can use "pure" memory chip, and after it is
initialized to set the desired options in service mode.
Service Options menu, firmware, etc. for different versions of the considered microcontrollers can be found in [5, 6].

Literature and Internet Resources
1. Repair & Service, 2007 - № 9. From experience repairing TVs with microcontrollers SANYO family LC863hhh

2. Repair & Service, 2002 - № 7,. 5-10. A new generation of power supplies for televisions.

3. Forum Monitor (http://monitor.net.ru/forum/viewtopic.php?t=48599),
Theme Generator - a device video technician.

4. Forum Monitor (http://monitor.net.ru/forum/viewtopic.php?t=87241),
theme, "Here at last brought myself BP-generator ROTTORa».

5. Forum Monitor (http://monitor.net.ru/forum/index.php),
Topic «TV China. M37160 and M61260 on the chassis 29M03 ».

6. Site [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذا الرابط]
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الخميس أبريل 21, 2011 11:41 pm

Adaptation of the TV chassis when replacing CRT to CRT from a computer monitor





Despite the fact that the number of television sets with cathode ray
tubes (CRT) is decreasing every year, the replacement picture tubes in
them for a long time to be relevant. This material has been prepared on
the basis of practical experience in the replacement of television
picture tubes for television tubes from monitors to TVs, performed on
the chassis of SS1, SS2, 3Y01, 3Y11, M0Z, M28 and the other with a
diagonal of 14-15 inches, as well as the replacement for another chassis
or a tube in the TV. In preparing the article the author used material
A little background
When you turn on next Guarantee TV, spent about a month, the author
found that the image size on the horizontal is about 2 / 3 of the
nominal, thus there is a breakdown of line scan and smoke comes out of
the deflection system (OS). Careful examination of the kinescope and OS
revealed:

  • graphite coating on the bulb has traces of sanding with emery cloth;
  • Bandage bulb has traces of rust;
  • visible traces of glue from the old label, pasted next to a new label «Jinlipy»;
  • not even sealed, and simply cut off, the wires connecting the previous OS to the board and solder the wires of the new OS;
  • after removal of the OS on the winding row
    deflection coils (SOC) that tears magnet wire and varnish on it has a
    green carbonate of copper plaque.


That's held its first acquaintance with the author of "Chinese" TV
built using second-hand (used) from CRT monitors. After that, repeatedly
encountered similar 14-inch TV, often with a label on the CRT «TOSHIBA
A51KSV73X" - even on a label producers saved. TV malfunction, which
often were established such picture tubes, described in [1, 2]. TV met
with second-hand CRT monitors from the two terminals focusing inch 17-20
inches.
Often the picture tubes of TV dating leakage between the accelerating and focusing electrodes, which had various manifestations:

  • inability to adjust the accelerating and
    focusing voltages (adjustable focus affect the adjustment of the
    accelerating, and the image was blurry and very bright, until the
    appearance of lines flyback (OX) and "ping" mask kinescope of the large
    current-rays);
  • smooth or abrupt changes in brightness of the
    plot without changing the quality of focusing. Such a defect can be
    easily eliminated as follows. TV on the working electrode is insulated
    from the circuit CRT Screen close the few times the conductor to ground
    until such time until I finally turn off the image on the CRT, and then
    restore the connection electrode Screen.


Very often in the repair of incoming "new" TV, in which to raise the
issue of the kinescope cathode current limiting resistor heater was just
a short-circuited by a jumper. In addition, to increase the voltage on
the heater there was an additional winding (2 ... 3 turns) on the
magnetic core TDKS, which included a series with the primary. Heater
voltage at the same time reached 8 ... 12 V.
Often in such TV due to faulty power supply (PS) increasing the
supply voltage line scan (B +) to 135 V and above. Filament voltage
kinescope while significantly exceeds the norm (6,3 V), which leads to a
failure of the system.
Economically viable solution in these situations, as well as
mechanical defects CRT is the use of replacement of used CRT from the
monitor.
Note
The cost of used monitors, often even a fully functioning, with a
diagonal of 14-15 inches for today is 150 ... 300 rubles. - It's cheaper
than buying separate from the CRT monitor. In addition, after removal
of the picture tube of a monitor in the form of "bonus" are still the
key transistor (or / and the PWM controller IC) PI output transistor
line scan (SR) MOSFETs scheme DC / DC-converter, Key S-correction Chip
Vertical (CD) and other elements.
On replacing CRTs, warnings and errors
Immediately it should be noted that an attempt to direct the
installation "monitor" in a TV picture tube (hereinafter refers to TV
sets with the CD, running at 50 Hz) without any modifications will exit
Wed from normal operation. Usually, this manifests itself as overheating
the output transistor HOT, or a failure of the system, the emergence of
"whistle" and the transition to IP protection regime. The simplest
method of handling, at first glance, is a permutation of the OS replaced
the kinescope to the newly installed. But in practice immediately be
faced with the need for lengthy and not always successful control of
purity of color, attention-rays at the edges, geometry, etc.
Consider, in practice, the sequence of adaptation CRT from the
monitor. In warranty repairs done TV, a defunct for about three months.
It just view it, was very low brightness, even at maximum adjustment. In
the TV producer was installed 14-inch "narrow-necked" kinescope company
IRICO. For ease of diagnosis (the author has statistics on this TV, but
the final diagnosis is still recommended using devices to check the
emissivity CRT) was closed with a jumper resistor, standing in the chain
adjusting the heater voltage of kinescope, and the brightness increased
and it became clear that the picture tube to be replacement. The reason
for not kinescope - already referred to "overclock" the UPS.
To replace in the case described was used CRT monitor from the
company CHUNGHWA Wide gullet. In fact, with appropriate refinement OS,
you can use picture tubes from various manufacturers such as NEC, ORION.
Philips, Panasonic, Thomson, Hitachi and others kinescopes last firm in
his opinion, visually have the best color and contrast, and due to less
grain and better information-ray picture quality of CRT monitors
visually higher.
Consider the sequence of operations when replacing CRT.
Preparing to install the CRT in TV
The first step is to evaluate the presence of vacuum for the target
CRT (no damage to the bulb) and the emissivity of cathodes. Assess the
integrity of the bulb can be suppressed to the findings of a kinescope
heater voltage about 6.3 V and controlling the visual presence of the
glow heater in the CRT, indicating the presence of a vacuum and there is
no cutoff heater. Emissivity of the cathode can quickly see through the
device PPVK and like him, or ohmmeter according to the method described
in [3]. It should be noted that using this method the polarity probe
ohmmeter should be reversed, as in [3] there is a typo. To replace the
author uses picture tubes, which have approximately the same currents of
the cathodes of not less than 300 ... 400 uA (measured by the
instrument of the author, with currents of cathodes for the new picture
tube on the same device are 500 ... 600 uA).
Should pay attention to the "ears" fixing kinescope. For example, in
TV «Jinlipu 3728/3730» [1] and others established the original, both on
the producer (Jinlipu), and on the pinout and seedlings fasteners,
14-inch picture tubes. When installing the CRT from the monitor to cut
pliers themselves "ears" and provide additional lining for the
attachment.
After this kinescope scour with a brush and vacuum purged from the
dust that inevitably arise in the course of the previous operation. If
the CRT is very dirty, it can be washed with soap and water solution and
dry the fan heater (dry). Need not worry - this "procedure" ends for
CRT and OS without any consequences, just need to pay special attention
to careful use with graphite and trace the lack of residual water in the
plastic cap on base kinescope and blind holes derive the second anode
kinescope.
The next operation - wiping the glass surface near the anode derive
the second technical cloth dampened with acetone or any other solvent to
remove the surface residues (traces) of the graphite coating, because
that may arise "backache" high voltage.
Refinement of OS
Since the CRS CRT monitors are less of inductance than the juice from
the TV, you need to resolder the windings and the winding of human
deflection coils (COC) from the parallel (and this is how they are wired
in most OS on the monitor) in a serial connection. For example, the
table shows the parameters of TV OS from the manufacturer Vingis (Baltic
states).
First unsolder and share on the last OS conclusions winding COC and
SOC. Then determine the ohmmeter findings of similar windings are
connected in series quarters "poluobmotok" (if they exist, which is
usually characteristic of COC) and directly "half" of the windings. To
avoid mistakes, the author recommends to remove all installed on the OS
and unused during the alteration of the elements - resistors, trimmer
potentiometers, capacitors, diodes, coils of correction, etc., and then
verify the absence of the compounds of printed conductors on the block
(PCB).
Options deflection systems
OS typeResistance COKRsok, OmInductance JUICELsok, mHCurrent deviation JUICEIsok, AThe resistance of CCORkok, OmInductance CCOLkok, mHCurrent deviation CCOIkok, A
20 "- AE622.622.402,7313.2028.700,87
20 "- AE581,321,223,8815,6032,300,84
21 "- AE762,452,072,709,4021,001,13
25 "- AE971,761,534,545,9413,781,73

Despite the fact that the main parameter is the operating system
inductance coils, in practice the correctness overcommutation can be
indirectly measured by the value of resistance. After modifications, it
increases and for SOC, for instance, should be about 1.6 ... 2.0 Ohms
(instead of 0.5 ... 0.6 Ohms), the COC - 5 ... 10 ohms.
Finalization fees kinescope
If necessary, replace the socket on the motherboard kinescope
kinescope (PC). Such a change may be due to differences in the base and
the diameter of the neck used picture tubes. Quite often used in TV
picture tube board can be used in the production of two - three versions
of sockets for different types of picture tubes [4]. For example, for
the aforementioned TV «Jinlipu 3728/3730» easiest way not to change the
picture tube socket, and the change to be determined by "wide-mouthed"
CRT custom plastic cap on the conclusions of the picture tube, removing
it from the picture tube to be replaced. To this end, wrapped with the
cap and the edge of the cylindrical part of the cloth, richly moistened
with acetone. After a few minutes connecting the sealant is softened and
the cap is removed without much effort. Naturally, then still have to
redo raspayku sockets according to the type used kinescope. In some
cases, directly into the new socket is convenient to unsolder only
conclusion focusing with TDKS and socket unsolder itself from mounting a
PC.
After that, set into the body of TV picture tube, unsolder wires to
the SOC and COC, connect the PC and the withdrawal of the second anode
and the wire - brushes with the graphite coating.
The first inclusion
Prior to first use the newly installed picture tube, the author
recommends that pre-demagnetize it, and elements of its mounting
external loop degaussing.
When you first turn on the screen, the following situations:

  • Mirroring and / or an inverted image, which eliminates the change in polarity of the wires to the SOC or COC, respectively;
  • point (defocused point with symmetrical
    vertical "crescent" in the form of a letter «X»), horizontal (vertical)
    strip (often similar to the "screw - a propeller) on the screen, which
    eliminates the change in phasing of one-half of the windings in the COC
    or juice;
  • the presence of pincushion distortion of the
    raster. For diagonal screen 14 ... 15 inches is inconspicuous on the
    image and simply increase the size of the horizontal. For large diagonal
    screens, an additional scheme to collect EW-correction, or install the
    missing components on the chassis, if provided such an option. The way
    out of this situation can also serve as a selection of different
    operating system, implementation of already taking into account the
    correction of the raster.


The author recommends to have in place (prepare), converted and
tested so picture tubes, which allows further cut problem operability
and picture quality of CRT, as well as take into account the
peculiarities of some chassis that can be misleading, as discussed below
- and reduce installation only to adjust the size of the raster and
final detunings TV mode.
Methods of adjusting the size of the raster
When changes are made of an SR to be as influenced by changes in
component values ​​and modes of operation of the circuit at the output
voltage generated TDKS [5].
1. When you change the voltage B + is proportional to the change of output voltage, removed from TDKS, including an anode.
2. The primary winding TDKS and SOC form a parallel resonant circuit,
so as replacing operating system with SOC, which have different
inductance is proportional to change all of the secondary voltage
generated by line scanning. Voltage pulses obtained from the direct
course (PTF), with virtually no change.
3. Capacitor is included with the collector of transistor MUSIC to
ground determines the duration of the IOC. It is usually called the
flyback capacitor (Cox). Change in its capacitance causes the changes
described in Section 2 (decrease in the capacitance of the capacitor
leads to an increase of stresses generated line scan is proportional to
the square root relationship of the new values ​​of capacitance to the
base value). This decreases the duration of the IOC and a narrowing of
the screen horizontally and vertically. Methods of adjusting the size of
horizontal
You can use the following methods to adjust the Horizontal Size:

  • change (within 10 ... 30%) capacitor Cox;
  • change in the nominal capacitor S-correction
    (CS) in the range of 0.47 ... 2.2 uF (it is included in series with the
    juice). This capacitor eliminates the symmetric nonlinear horizontally.
    Naturally, this operation will affect the linearity of the raster, but
    the 14 "picture tubes, it is not so noticeable in the image. With an
    increase in the nominal size of the capacitor in the horizontal
    decreases;
  • peeling of the magnet on the controller is
    linear lines (RLS), changing its position, which is equivalent to a
    change of its inductance. After that, it is necessary to fix (this
    operation will affect the linearity of the screen) or just remove the
    (short circuit) radar (for 14-inch CRT can increase the size of
    symmetrically on the 1 ... 2 cm);
  • placement on the magnetic core TDKS
    additional winding, consisting of 10 ... 60 turns of wire MGTF and its
    inclusion in series between the primary winding TDKS and SOC (ie the
    inclusion of autotransformer scheme - one output winding is connected to
    the collector notes, and second - to the circuit elements that were
    previously connected to the music, which is done in most "Chinese" TV
    with TDKS having additional taps of the primary winding to set the size
    of the raster). The number of turns and phasing of this additional
    winding is chosen experimentally to obtain the required amount of
    horizontal;
  • manufacture and installation of an additional
    auto transformer on a ferrite magnetic circuit with taps. In TV
    "Chinese" production used for this purpose at the core of the
    autotransformer size Sh35h45h10 with five taps for approval to the
    scheme SOC line scan.


For example, when installing a kinescope ORION M34KZM40XX51 (OS
structurally designed so that the ferrite cup shield winding SOC and
COC) RCOK and RKOK to completion were 0.25 and 5.0 ohms respectively.
After switching the windings SOC series resistance increased to 0.9
ohms, which, drawing on the experience of substitutions CRT, suggesting
the need for further integration of CSR through the above-described
additional transformer. This assumption was confirmed in practice,
because without it when you turn on TV was heard strong "whistle" and
the UPS into protection mode.
With self-production of such autotransformer is possible to use a
ferrite core chokes on a scanner or a magnetic circuit TV UPIMTST otTVS
(TDKS).
For example, when installing a TV chassis with 29-inch CRT, designed
to work with the operating system with low inductance (CRT Panasonic,
the resistance of SOC of about 1 Ohm) CRT Philips A66EAK, the size of
the horizontal is a third of the nominal. On the existing magnetic core
of the autotransformer TDKS was made with a winding consisting of 360
turns of wire with a diameter of 0.4 mm (with interlayer insulation) and
having a withdrawal from the middle of the winding. Half of the winding
has been included instead of juice to the chassis, and the full winding
- to the conclusions of juice on kinescope. Motochnye data in the
process of adjustment had to pick up.
Reduce the size of the horizontal can be connected in series with the
SOC further choke. As it is convenient to use one or two throttle radar
of monitors who have previously removed the magnets (cut heat shrink
tubing around the perimeter of the magnet and can be easily removed), or
an adjustment throttle running from the monitor. It should be noted
that the decrease in the number of turns in the secondary throttle leads
to an increase in size with a simultaneous increase in the stresses
generated line scan.
Ways to increase (decrease) in the vertical size:
You can use the following methods to adjust the vertical size:

  • adjustment in the service menu;
  • modified resistor 1 ... 3 Ohm, sequencing
    with KOC (between her and "earth"). To increase the size of its face
    value should be reduced.


Possible problems when replacing CRT
If after installing a new CRT screen size horizontally differ by more
than 25 ... 30% chain line scan is not necessary to refine because it
significantly alter the other settings and modes of operation Wed Output
in this situation is to use an external autotransformer, as described
above, or replacement of the OS, followed by adjusting the purity of
color and information-rays. If the TV has been installed on the CRT
monitor, and it became necessary to replace it, in this situation, as
shown, can direct rearrangement of the OS with preservation of the newly
installed ISU kinescope.
If an "inversion" of the image above - to increase the voltage output stage the CD on 2 ... 3 B.
If there is a twitch of the raster vertically - to 1,5 - 2-fold
increase in nominal value of electrolytic capacitors for power supply CP
and CD.
Adjustments after replacement of CRT
1. Adjustment (setting) must begin with the installation of the
required supply voltage B + Wed (navigate to the nominal values ​​for
the diagonal of the screen, as well as the type of picture tube). When
replacing the tube in the 14 - and 15-inch TV is $ 105 ... 110 V. If you
are installing on the picture tube chassis with wide screen (21 inches
or more) to make sure that an increase in the supply voltage B + CD, LD
and integral stabilizer not gone beyond the permissible limits [1, 2].
2. Selection of capacitor Sox are making the duration of IOC about 12 microseconds.
3. Kilovoltmeter monitor and if necessary, adjust the tension on the
second anode of CRT. It should be noted that due to the lower
transparency of the shadow mask CRT monitors from some sources is
recommended to install the second anode voltage to 1,5 ... 2 kV above
face value, than for conventional TV picture tubes.
4. Through the steps outlined above provide the desired size of the raster.
5. Once again, the second control voltage anode and other stresses, which could vary in step 4.
6. Regulate the accelerating and focusing voltages. In CRT TV with
14-20 inch CRT having a 2 focusing electrode, the output dynamic
focusing can be connected as follows:

  • parallel to the conclusion that the static focusing;
  • a trimmer 100 MOhm to ground;
  • using external high-voltage power resistor
    dividers (found on sale) from TDKS for adjusting the focusing voltage
    output dynamic focusing;
  • parallel to the conclusion of the modulator
    CRT (it served the accelerating voltage). This approach allows us to
    obtain a satisfactory focus - the center or the edges of the screen. In
    the latter case may occur raznoyarkostnost along the line (the central
    part of the image lighter or darker than the edges).


All these techniques are used by Chinese manufacturers like TV.
7. Be sure to monitor and if necessary, adjust the heater voltage kinescope.
8. Control the temperature of elements of output stages of CD and CP, if necessary, increase the area of ​​cooling radiators.
Examples of installation of modified CRT (adapted chassis, described
in [1, 2], to restore functionality TV) Installation A59TMZ40X CRT TV
Chassis 3Y01
At the "anchoring" to the CRT chassis 3Y01 A59TMZ40X needed to
increase the size horizontally. Adjusting the supply voltage CP (was
raised to 130 V) and nominal capacitor Cox and Cs managed to get the
desired size, but on the edges of the raster was observed "inversion".
Additional winding (40 turns) on magnitoprovodeTDKS and its inclusion on
the autotransformer scheme possible to completely solve the problem.
Installing CRT TV SONY Chassis 3Y01
When replacing the TV chassis FE-2 chassis 3Y01 need to put on a PC
socket for socket SONY CRT controller and add static information
horizontally H. STAT, removed from the chassis Sony. There is a
modification of the chassis ZU01 without chains EW-correction, in this
case will be observed pincushion distortion. To eliminate these
distortions need to install the display on the main board according to
the concept.
Installation of a kinescope Mathushita from the monitor in a TV "Birch 37TTS-601D" chassis MSH-61
When installing a TV picture tube company Mathushita from the monitor
with a reworked OS size of the raster horizontally was at 1.5 ... 2 cm
less than desired. Change denominations Cox and Cs to obtain the desired
size in the horizontal with an acceptable linearity was not possible.
The problem was solved by winding on a magnetic circuit TDKS
(PET-22-02), additional winding of 40 turns of wire MGTF and its
inclusion on the autotransformer scheme consistent with SOC.
Replacing the tube in the TV Vestel chassis 11AK19
When replacing a CRT 54SX504Y22-DC05 for CRT Samsung A51KQL63X need
to change the socket on the PC. When you first turn on the TV screen
appeared slightly smaller on the desired lines with a backstop. The
image was missing. This problem was solved as follows was increased
nominal capacitor Cox (parallel to the installed nominal capacitor 2000
pF) and decreased the current sensor resistor R702 (from 18 to 10 ohms).
After these modifications need to adjust the vertical size in the
service menu.
Features of CRT monitors from the chassis MC-019, PT-92 and the like, using the UOC-family processors TDA93xx
These chassis when replacing CRT because of differences in the
parameters OS may trigger the protection of CRT phosphor burn, since the
processor controls the current in the coils and staff on protection
signals Vertical bar kinescope.
Chassis LG MC-019A
When using the specified chassis with non-original OS (when replacing
the tube in the assembly with the OS, or OS only) when you first start
there is the following: dim, dull, "raster, no picture, increasing the
accelerating voltage is scanned line flyback. The sequence of actions to
finalize the chassis as follows:
1. Parallel resistors R307, R302 fluster resistor of 1.5 ohms.
2. Includes TV, part of the service mode (press and hold for about 10
seconds press MENU or OK button on the remote control and front panel).
3. Change to the minimum size of the screen vertically. Then go out of service mode.
4. Otpaivayut previously set resistors.
5. Again included in the service menu, set the required size
vertically and finally regulate the geometry and other parameters of the
TV.
Similar results can be achieved prior change face values ​​of resistors in the circuit of COC (scheme Chassis - R304, R305).
If after about 13 seconds after receiving the video signal (external
or internal to AV from the tuner) TV is turned off, you need to change
in the service menu setting BCF.
After replacing the TV «Rainford» (chassis RT92) CRT A51QAE320X67 (LG
/ Philips) on kinescope A51KQQ30X (SAMTEL India) with the inclusion of
the script starts the CP appear heater voltage and the anode, which then
through the 1 ... 2 are lost. After 10 ... 15 with a line scan is
turned on again at 1 ... 2 seconds, then the TV switches to the defense,
out of which you can just press the power button or the button «Power»
by remote control. When connecting the replaced picture tube - all
normal. Upon further search of causes of the problem was detected the
difference in pinout for the CRT: CRT on the new findings in the G1 and
have jumper with neighboring findings that the PC designated «GND».
After you remove the jumper scan run for about 5 sec and TV again went
to the defense. By increasing the resistance of RD54 (current sensor)
from 1,5 to 2,2 Ohm, achieved normal functioning TV.
Note.
In the TV is used UOC-npotsessor TDA9353PS/N2/2I0852; SV4283; K2J821;
TELRA_T4_B. Software version of the processor - T4V V2.07. Log into the
service mode with universal remote MAK2002 (Code - 1220): you must
first install menu English language (except when working in the service
menu name options will appear incomprehensible), simultaneously press
the TV button «VOL-» and «» DEC »on RC.
For more information about the picture tubes and methods rework the OS can be found in [6, 7].

Literature and web resources
1. Kornienko, RV From experience repairing TVs with microcontrollers SANYO family LC863xxx. "Repair & Service, 2007, № 9.
2. Kornienko, RV From experience repairing TVs on chips and families
M37160M8hhh M6126h of MITSUBISHI. "Repair & Service, 2007, № 10.
3. Elyashkevich SA Color TVs ZUSTST: Handbook. M.: Radio and Communications, 1989, p.135-136.
4. Types of caps picture tubes. Site [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذا الرابط]
5. KolesnichenkoO.V., Shishigin IV, Zolotarev SA Lowercase transformers for foreign televisions and monitors. SPb.: Lan, 1996.
6. Adamovich VN, Diamond D., Kochura AI The Second Life of color picture
tubes. - M.: Radio and Communications, 1992. (Mass radiobiblioteka,
Vol. 1174).
7. Alterations OS CRT monitors for the reception of television programs. [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذا الرابط]
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:12 am

SAMSUNG TVs on the base chassis KS1A




Models: CS-1439C, CS-1448X, CS-14E3WX, CS-14F1S, CS-14H1X, CS-14R1S, CS-14R1X, CS-14Y52X, CS-2039S, CS-2039X, CS-2039X, CS-2085S, CS-2085TX, CS-20C8X, CS-20H1X, CS-20E1C, CS-20E3WX, CS-20F1S, CS-20R1X, CS-2139TX, CS-2139X, CS-2148X, CS-2173S, CS-2185S
SAMSUNG TVs are in steady demand in our market because they
traditionally occupy the middle price range, while maintaining
sufficiently high product quality.
Modern televisions average price of a diagonal CRT from 14 to 21 inches
are based mainly on the chassis KS1A. Depending on the region, which
supplied television, their models are designed for the reception of
certain standards and systems for television broadcasting. Table. 1
shows the corresponding notation TVs SAMSUNG (first two letters refer
to) adopt standards and systems.

Table 1
Model designation Standard System
CI I (UHF) PAL
CII I (VHF / UHF) PAL
CX B / G PAL, SECAM
CK B / G, D / K PAL, SECAM
CW B / G, D / K PAL, SECAM, NTSC
4.43 MHz
CS B / G, D / K L, I, M PAL, SECAM, NTSC 4,43 MHz, NTSC
3.58 MHz
CZ B / G, D / K, I PAL, SECAM, NTSC
4.43 MHz
CT M NTSC
CL M, N PAL, NTSC

Features chassis KS1A
Basic chassis KS1A structurally consists of two circuit boards - the
main and the kinescope. Depending on the modification of the base
chassis televisions based on it can receive and process signals
broadcast television all analog standards and systems. The chassis is
made on the new chip family of Ultimate One
Chip (UOC) TDA935x of Philips Semiconductors. This chip represents the
third generation of well-known integrated TV chip family One Chip
Television. In the chip UOC used combined Bi CMOS technology and CMOS,
bringing together in one case complete with video processor-Video and
audio demodulator, decoder Teletext taking all international
broadcasting standards, and a microprocessor-based crystal 80S51 with
more features.
Description flowchart chassis KS1A
Block diagram of the chassis KS1A and waveforms in the main control
points are shown in Fig. 1.
IF signal (oscillogram TP07) output from the channel selector through
the RF amplifier that compensates for signal attenuation in SAW filters,
goes to the switchable SAW bandpass filters. Filter SF101S allocates IF
signal of the image being further to the pin. 23, 24 chip video
processor IC201S. The demodulated video signal (waveform TP10) is
removed from the pin. 38 video processor to an external circuit notch
filters, which suppress subcarrier signal. The video signal generated at
the output of notch filters (oscillogram
TP11), is fed to pin. 40 GPU and a host I / O to external devices. The
video signal from external devices enters the pin. 42 IC201S. From the
video signals to video processor forms the core of colors that a pin.
51, 52, 53 (waveform TP04, TP05, TP06) through a connector CN501 fed to
the amplifier chip IC501 RGB signals Boards kinescope. In turn, taken
from the board of kinescope signal stabilization dark current of the
kinescope (oscillogram TP12) goes to the pin. 50 video processor.
Filter SF102S distinguishes the sound IF signal, which is then fed to
IC101 - IC IF converter and FM demodulator sound (vyv. 1, 2 chips). The
use of switchable filters allows reception of signals of different
standards.
The demodulated audio signal from the pin. 12 chips is fed to IC101 pin.
32 video processor (oscillogram
TP14). With the pin. 1928 VPU sound filmed at the node input / output to
supply external devices. In turn, a sound signal from external devices
via the node input / output goes to the pin. 35 video processor
(oscillogram TP15). ULF IC601 an external adjustable sound comes from
the pin. 44 IC201S. The amplified audio signal output from the VLF
(oscillogram TP16) through connectors CN601-CN603 comes to TV speakers.
To control the electron beams CRT video processor generates signals
and Vertical start pulse line scan. Staffing bipolar sawtooth impulses
are removed from the pin. 21, 22 (oscillogram TP17) chip IC201S and
arrive at the terminal stages of Vertical (CD) - IC IC301. To its output
through the connector CN603 connected staffing deflection coil system.
Feedback signal (waveform TP13) to stabilize the size and signal
protection CRT comes from the output stage the CD on the pin. 49 video
processor.
Trigger pulse (oscillogram TP09) line scan (CP) with a pin. VPU 33
receives the circuit driver and output stage CP (waveforms TP18, TP19,
TP20). Wed output stage (Q401, Q402, T444S) forms the current row
deflection coils, voltage video amplifier and output stage the CD, as
well as the voltage defining mode of CRT. Flyback pulses (waveform
TP08) to synchronize Wed fed to pin. 34 video processor.
Microcontroller, which is part of the video processor IC201S, manages
all the functions of the TV. Control of external sites and chips by
using the control bus I2C - pin. 2, 3 chip video processor.
The signals on these findings are shown in the waveforms TP01 and TP02.
Configuration parameters and values ​​of the operational adjustments are
stored in nonvolatile memory IC902. To pin. 6, 7 IC201S connect
buttons, and a pin.
62 connected to the output of the photodetector. External circuit
timing generator chip video processor connected to the pin. 57, 58, 59.
Kind of signal on pin. 59 shows the oscillogram of TP03.
Switching power supply chassis is implemented on a chip IC801S, which
includes a powerful field-effect transistor. Signals to the main
control points are represented in the waveforms TP21,
TP22. The power supply generates voltage to power the output stage CP
and 13 V, from which, with the help of the stabilizer on IC802 formed a
number of supply voltages for different sites chassis.
Description of schematic diagrams
Chassis KS1A
Feature of the principal electric circuit chassis KS1A (Fig. 2) that
almost all the functions of signal processing and control your TV
performs chip IC201S based UOC VPU TDA935x.
In the structural scheme of the control unit chip TDA935x (Fig. 3)
based control unit is the core of the microcontroller based on the known
processor 80C51. In addition to his part of the site includes teletext
decoder signals and non-volatile program memory. Microcontroller core
includes a four-port I / O configuration is determined by the program
that is loaded into the chip (program memory). Traditionally, the port
of the microcontroller - 8 findings, the number of bits in a byte. To
reduce the number of pins used TDA935x incomplete ports. At the same
time addressing device is kept as a standard microcontroller core. In
this regard, some port circuits TDA935x missing a number of conclusions.
Port 0 pin presented. 10 and 11 (P0.5 and
P0.6) with high load capacity. These findings have three stable states,
which allows you to create three-level signals. This software
configuration pin. 10 is designed for switching of external devices in
the reception of signals with positive or negative modulation and mode
control
"Monitor", when the external signals (VIDEO, AUDIO), arriving at the
inputs of a TV broadcast to its outputs (VIDEO, AUDIO). Pin. 11 is
determined to switch external devices (notch filters and SAW) signal
reception PAL or NTSC.
Pin configuration for port 1 is defined independently for each of
them - either directly connecting the output to the interface input /
output, or use an additional device (timer, interrupt detector,
interface I2C). Receiving microcontroller remote control
signals from the photodetector through a pin. 62 (P1.0) and a detector
interrupt 1, forming a box break if the remote control. Management loop
degaussing by the signal from the pin. 63 (P1.1). At the time of turning
on the TV at this pin forms a short-term high level signal. Pin. 64
(P1.2) in this configuration is used to control the voltage of main
units of the microcontroller. Signal from pin. 1 (P1.3), is to turn off
(transfer to standby) the TV. Pin. 2 and 3 (P1.6 and P1.7) is configured
to generate an external bus control I2C.
Port 2 is presented in one chip pin.
4 (P2.0), the output signal which is used to block sound. Blocking sound
is done by reducing the voltage reference level (about 5.6 V) on the
pin. 6 chip terminal VLF IC601. Chain blocking the sound shown in Fig.
4. Reduce the voltage on pin. 6 IC601 made in case of unlocking the
transistor Q904 (microcontroller issues a command to block the sound),
in the case of reduction or disappearance of the voltage 13 in the
standby mode (low potential at the pin. 1
TDA935x).
[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 4
To pin. 5 (P3.0) chip relating to the port 3 of microcontroller is
connected transistor Q901, the control LED LD901. Indication LED
indicates the operation of the working program of the microcontroller.
In addition, this pin is used for technological purposes. To connect the
button controls are used pin. 6 and 7 (P3.1 and
P3.2). They are connected to the inputs of the internal ADC and form a
chain of keys dividers (Fig. 5). Recognition of control commands is
performed by measuring the voltage at the ADC input. Pin. 8 (P3.3) is
configured to detect the external device connected to your TV using a
connector SCART.
[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 5
Demodulation of video and sound signal is carried out at the site of
demodulators and channel sound chip TDA935x. Functional diagram of the
site is shown in Fig. 6. IF signal output from the filter is applied to
pin SF101. 23 and 24, the amplifier input drive. The demodulated video
signal is formed on the pin. 38. The demodulated audio signal is
allocated to the pin. 28. This conclusion is also used as input for the
audio signal from an external demodulator additional sound signal (chip
IC101). Sound signal from the external device enters the pin. 35 chips.
In channel sound chip IC201S will select the alarm, and his control
(volume control) and automatic level control. Adjustable tone through
pin. 1944 chip is input to the VLF, performed on a chip IC601.
[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 6
Demodulation signal color and the formation of chroma signals is
carried out in the node color signal demodulator chip IC201S (Fig. 7).
The same site is the selection of the luminance signal the full video.
On the pin. 40 chip video signal taken from the output of the circuit
notch filters sounds Z201, Z202,
Z203 (see Fig. 2). Pin. 42 is designed to feed video from external
devices.
Formation of the main signal RGB (vyv.
51, 52, 53), adjust the level of dark current, cutting-information
signals is carried out at the site of formation of RGB signals chip
TDA935x.
Functional diagram of the site is shown in Fig. 8. Signals from the node
color demodulation signals are received on the 1 st selection signals
YUV. RGB signals from external devices supplied to the pin. 46, 47 and
48 of the chip. Switching voltage signal fed to pin. 45. On the pin. 49
receives a signal level constraints of output signals (current ray
picture tube) as well as protection signal from the output stage the CD
IC301. Signal proportional to the current ray picture tube and used to
adjust the dark current is supplied to the pin. 50.
Node developments in the functional scheme of the site scans chip
TDA935x (Fig. 9) forms the bipolar signals of the CD, start pulse CP SC
gating pulse and the signal correction
geometric distortion for CRT with deflection angle rays 110 ° (with the
landing gear apply only to CRT deflection angle beams 90 °). Output
stage and the personnel line-scans of any circuitry features are not
(see Fig. 2).
Should abstain noted that the power output stage the CD (IC301) by
bipolar voltage.
The power supply base unit also has no circuit features. It is based
on the converter chip with built-in powerful FET IC801S (KA5Q0765). The
power supply produces two secondary voltage 110 ... 125 - for the power
output stage CP and 13 V - for feeding the remaining nodes.
Stabilization of the output voltage by means of optocoupler feedback
circuit (PC801S). Management loop demagnetization produced by the relay
switch RL801S on command from the control system.
Node inputs / outputs, depending on the modification of televisions, may have several options for execution (see Fig. 2).
Adjustment and chassis tuning KS1A
Factory settings that determine the modes of CRT, as well as the
parameters of adjustment are stored in nonvolatile memory IC902. so in
case of its replacement or replacement picture tube is required to
readjust the settings and save them. After replacing IC902, the
inclusion of the TV takes approximately 10 seconds (the time of
initialization circuits). In the case of the replacement tube in the
service mode to pre-adjusting the purity of color and mixed-rays
kinescope, consistently produce the following settings: white balance,
preset brightness, centering on a vertical, vertical size, horizontal
size.
Translation of the TV in service mode by feeding with a remote control sequence of commands:
* DISPLAY> FACTORY.
* STAND-BY> DISPLAY> MENU>
MUTE> POWER ON.
In translating the TV in service mode on the LCD displays "SERVICE
(FACTORY)". In this mode, the options available ADJUST, OPTION, and
Reset. The choice of parameters in the ADJUST option by using the
buttons "VOLUME" (Up or Down) in the sequence:

SCT> SBT> BLR> BLB> RG> GG> BG>
VSL> VS> VA> HS> SC> SDL> STT> SSP> PDL>
NDL> PSR> NSR> AGC> VOL> LCO> TXP. set values ​​when
you exit the service mode can be written in the nonvolatile memory. Exit
the service mode by pressing the "FACTORY" or "Power OFF". The range of
adjustable functions and their values ​​set at initialization are given
in Table. 2.

Table 2
Parameter Function Value The value of the initialization
SCT Pre-contrast adjustment 0 ~ 23 13
SBT Pre-adjustment
Brightness
0 ~ 23 9
BLR Setting black level canal R 0 ~ 15 9
BLB Setting the black level, channel B 0 ~ 15 7
RG Strengthening the channel R 0 ~ 63 32
GG Channel gain G 0 ~ 63 25
BG Strengthening the channel B 0 ~ 63 31
VSL Vertical linearity 0 ~ 63 19
VS Vertical Alignment 0 ~ 63 38
VA Vertical dimension 0 ~ 63 40
HS Horizontal Size 0 ~ 63 30
SC S-correction 0 ~ 63 9
CDL The level of dark current 0 ~ 15 9
STT Preliminary adjustment of the color
tone
0 ~ 7 3
SSP Pre-adjustment
Definition
0 ~ 7 0
PDL Adjusting the delay mode
PAL
0 ~ 15 15
NDL Adjusting the delay mode
NTSC
0 ~ 15 10
PSR Pre-adjustment
saturation in PAL mode
0 ~ 23 2
NSR Pre-adjustment
saturation in NTSC mode
0 ~ 23 5
AGC Adjusting AGC 0 ~ 63 23
VOL Pre-adjustment
Volume
0 ~ 63 10
L CO SECAM IF 0 ~ 1 0
TXP Positioning of teletext 0 ~ 15 9

In the OPTION sets the parameters
Chassis for this model TV. Installable Options options and modes are presented in Table. 3.

Table 3
Position Option Mode options
1 LNA ON
2 SYSTEM CZ
3 AUDIO MONO
4 JACK RCA
5 ZOOM NOR/ZOOM/16: 9
6 AUTO POWER ON
7 SBL OFF
8 2nd SIF ON
9 HOTEL MODE OFF
10 BKS ON

Reset preset mode allows you to install certain functions in certain clearly states (Table 4).

Table 4
Position Function Condition
1 Picture (image parameters) Current
2 Auto Volume (automatic
adjust the volume level)
OFF (disabled)
3 Color System (Color Recognition System) AUTO (automatic)
4 Sound System (Sound System) D / K (depending on options)
5 Blue Screen (blue background) OFF (disabled)
6 Low Noise AMP (Scheme
Noise Reduction)
OFF (disabled)
7 Volume (volume control) 10
8 CH. Skip (missing channels) Erased (removed)
9 CH. Lock (prohibition of view
channel)
OFF (disabled)
10 Timer (Timer) OFF (disabled)

The finding of fault in the TV to
Chassis KS1A
No picture and sound, raster is
No picture and sound in the presence of the raster indicate a problem
with high-frequency part
chassis or the node videodemodulyatora. First of all, subject to
verification of channel selector, serviceability which is difficult to
determine without a television signal generator.
To determine the fault location using a generator of television
signals to its IF output signal is connected to the connection point of
capacitors C105 and S106. Output channel selector to eliminate its
influence, it is recommended to disable it. If the image after the
signal from
generator, the TV screen appears, the fault must be sought in the
selector of channels or chains of his power and control, as well as SAW
filter. No picture indicates a fault in the node videodemodulyatora chip
IC201S.
To conclude that the serviceability of the channel selector without
generator television signals may be by the presence of its output
voltage inverter, power supply and control signals.
To verify the site videodemodulyatora chip IC201S check the
serviceability of the external components, chips belonging to a given
node, the voltages on the findings and waveforms. Special attention
should be paid to the presence of signals on the pin. 40, 49 and 50.
There is no sound, no raster
Faults in this case should start looking to check output voltage 125 V
and 13 V (capacitors S812, S815). The absence of stress indicates a
fault the following elements: FP801, D801 ... D804, IC801, or its supply
chain. if the output voltages should monitor the supply voltage
generated by the stabilizers on the IC802. This voltage is 8 V at the
pin. 8 chips, 9 on the pin. 9 and 5 on the pin 10. The absence of these
stresses in the presence of 13 V indicates faulty chip IC802.
In the case of the output voltage circuit IC802 to monitor the
control voltage on the pin. A chip IC201. In standby mode, the voltage
on this pin 0 V, in the operating mode (TV included), the voltage on
this pin should be about 3.3 V. The absence of control voltage may
indicate a defective IC201. In this case, an additional check
serviceability of exterior site elements of the microcontroller chip.
In that case, if the control voltage to the pin. 1 is a need to
monitor the presence of impulses run SR on pin. 33 IC201. Their absence
indicates faulty chip, and if any should check the output stage Wed
Q402, T401,
Q401.
No picture, sound is
Troubleshooting should begin with a control signal to the pin. 40 IC
IC201. In the absence of a signal to check the signal at the pin. 38 and
the circuit notch filters. In that case, if the signal on the pin. 38
missing, you must control the supply voltage circuits IC201 and
serviceability of its external elements. Serviceability of exterior
elements and the presence of voltage in the absence of video on the pin.
38 indicate a defective chip.
In that case, if the video signal on the pin. 1940 chip is present,
but no screen image, you must verify the presence of signals at the pin.
51, 52, 53 and the voltage level of protection to the pin. 49. Lack of
signals indicates neipravnost chips, while their presence is necessary
to check serviceability chip video amplifier IC501 and
its external elements. You should also check the heater circuit TV tube
and contacts the connector to the heating circuit.
There'sa picture, no sound
Troubleshooting in the absence of sound in the normal image should
begin with a control signal to the pin. 44 IC IC201. Its absence may
indicate a malfunction of the chip. in the presence of a signal to
control the voltage and the signals on pins IC601. First of all, you
need to check the voltage on the pin lock. 6 IC601. If the voltage on
this pin is about 0 in, check the serviceability
Q904 and IC201. In that case, if the lock signal to the pin. 6 IC601
does not arrive, please check the voltage on the chip pin. 3 and 13.
Lack of stress on the pin. 3 and 13 indicates a fault circuit (R814,
R815). In the presence of voltage, check the connector contacts the
speaker, after which it can be concluded to replace the chip IC601.
Not stored configuration settings and adjustments
In this case it is necessary to control signals and power supply pins
on IC902. Their presence indicates faulty chip.
Recommended after replacing IC902 set the following parameters: VA-40
(factory setting), SC - depending on the diagonal of the picture tube (0
to 14 and 9 for
20 "and 21"). These parameters is recommended to install in case of
replacement of CRT.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:14 am

Checking the pulse transformers and TDKS




I consider it necessary to express his opinion on the questionable
advice from various sources about the "methods of resonance tests of
transformers with AF using a generator. The resonant frequency of the
transformer depends on the number of turns, wire diameter, material
properties of the core, the height gap. Many years ago, by
short-circuiting of the turns of the coil, the magnetic antenna (and
similarly in the transformer), resonances shift higher in frequency
without any prejudice to the work in the "resonance". Therefore Vítkov
closures do not affect the lack of resonance, and only increases its
frequency, reducing the quality factor. Form sinusoid shorted windings,
not distorted, but to apply the pulses do not wise because of the impact
excitation pulses.
On the pulse shape can affect the saturation of the core. But then what
kind of resonance it and how power should be a generator? For several
reasons, may be a few resonances. So that we can only regret the wasted
time by implementing these suggestions.
Transformers pulsed power supply fail, most often due to heating of the
primary winding, when there is a short circuit (SC) in the power
switches. This is especially true in small-sized transformers, and
transformers wound with a thin wire, such as power supplies modern VCRs
and vedeopleyerov. Wire for a short time strongly heated, thus there is
destruction of the insulation. The result is a interturn circuit,
dramatically reducing the quality factor that disrupts operation of the
oscillator.
In schemes with external excitation trigger various defense, including
the current blocking job switching power supplies (SMPS) that protect
circuits and power switches. In analyzing the failure must be assumed
that increased tension on the secondary housing and work in the
"separation" parameter of the normal quality of the transformer.
One of the most complex defects - a shimmering short circuit "that is
manifesting periodically. This is due to electro-mechanical phenomena,
in particular grinding turns winding badly strained or not the
requirements laid down by the winding technology. Uneven heating of the
different windings and their extension, subject to vibration in a
magnetic field that creates the conditions for local destruction and
isolation of a "flickering" interturn closures. Then the power switches
fail suddenly, and seemingly without reason.
Such problems generally require special methods of diagnosis using the
active mode of operation of the transformer. A large number of variants
of devices to test for short-circuit the windings do not solve the
problem, and in the practice of repair is not taken root in the form of
low reliability of audit results. Offers an affordable method of quality
control transformers, "home" conditions. For this purpose the
connection of low-voltage transformer pulsed power supply unit (PSU), or
filament winding TDKS conclusions filament running a TV like this, as
shown in the figures. In this case, television is used as a generator of
high-power pulses. The presence of short-circuit coils can be easily
determined by overloading power pulses. But the practical use for this
purpose the generator of the author, based on a standard SMPS. On a
variant of this device can be read here.

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Figure 1 Alternative to glow

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Figure 2 Option for BP
To test TDKS more convenient to use an SMPS works, using it as a pulse
generator. TDKS fed to and include in the verification scheme, as a
high-voltage converter for accelerating voltage Figure 2. High voltage
output TDKS need to connect to the negative multiplier through a simple
discharger. You can use the cord with two crocodile clips. Pulses
generated, SMPS emulate TDKS running. Pulsed power from the SMPS winding
provides the multiplier and its conclusions + / - there is a high
voltage 10 - 18 kV. It breaks the tension discharge gap is observed in
the form of sparks. For a normal working and serviceable TDKS spark
discharge gap is equal to 2 - 4 cm can thus be safely detect places
Insulation housing TDKS so-called "fistulas."
In spite of the high voltage currents are safe, but the use of standard safety requirements will not hurt.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:15 am

The device, adjustment and repair of radio blocks TV Tuner




TV tuners (TT) than televisions and VCRs are used in other types of
consumer devices: DVD-recorders, computer boards, consisting of
measuring instruments and other devices. TV tuner consists of two main
functional units: the channel selector unit and channel (BRC). In
addition, the composition includes TT and other auxiliary units and
elements: circuit configuration, various switches, voltage regulators,
etc. It should be noted that the BRC many modern TVs is part of the
multi-BIS, containing a number of other components: luminance and
chrominance channels, cascades scans, video amplifier, etc. As an
example of LSI can be reduced TDA8362, TDA4505 firm PHILIPS, LA7681 firm
SANYO, M53340SP firm MITSUBISHI, AN5192K firm MATSUSHITA, TA8375,
TA8690AN company TOSHIBA. Most-DBK TVs and VCRs made on a single chip.
In older models, the radio unit used separate chips for image signals
and sound. Most of the BRC provides monaural audio, the few stereo
devices are primarily used in mono (this is on terrestrial TV). Only
recently, in connection with the beginning of a stereo digital standard
NISAM on ORT and on other TV channels, stereo has become relatively
popular (only in Moscow and other cities of the author has no
information). Stereodekodery usually run on separate dedicated circuits.
Some chips have a BRC domestic counterparts, their technical
specifications can be found in many references, so we restrict the list
of foreign counterparts:
• TBA120U - K174UR4 (UPCHZ, limiter, detector, level control of sound), the chip also used in micro UPCHZ-1M;
• TSA770 - K174UR7 (IF amplifier-limiter);
• TDA1062 - K174HA15 (quasi-parallel channel sound);
• TDA1236 - K174UR10 (UPCHI and UPCHZ);
• TDA2541 - K174UR5 (UPCHI, demodulator, a device AGC APCHG);
• TDA2545 - K174UR8 (IFA in the quasi-parallel channel sound);
• TDA3541 - KR1021UR1 (UPCHI);
• TDA4420 - K174UR12 (UPCHI).
The most widely used chip DBK, capable of simultaneously processing
signals can image and sound of several television standards. Often, they
include video amplifier, audio amplifier, the output level control
signals, various switches, devices AGC APCHG and other sites. A large
number of types of chips that class manufactured by SANYO (LA7520,
LA7522, LA7530, LA7531, LA7533, LA7545, LA7576, LA7577, and others),
MITSUBISHI (M513135P, M51316SP, M51318SP, M51354AR, M51365SP, M51366SP,
M51496SP), PHILIPS (TDA9800 , TDA9814T), SHARP (IX0212GE, IX0275GE),
ROHM (BA7356S, BA7357S), SAMSUNG etc.
In many cases, the differences between the models in certain product
lines televisions and VCRs number of firms are mainly applied in
different types of TV tuners. For example, a video recorder "Panasonic
NV-HD100AM/ES/EE" used television tuners, respectively, VEP07723B,
VEP07684E, VEP07645Y. Appearance TT VEP07723B shown in Fig. 1 and 2.
[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 1
[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2
He accepts and processes the signals of virtually all existing analog
television standards. For reception of stereo or bilingual audio in
video recorders HD100AM uses separate decoders stereo system A2. TV
tuner receives signals VEP07684E television standards in the / G
channels E2-E12 in the meter range, and 21-69 - to decimeter. To receive
stereo broadcasts on systems A2 and NICAM VCR in HD100EC uses separate
decoders. In addition, a TV tuner VEP07645Y receives signals from
television standards D / K channels R1-R12 (1-12 domestic meter band)
and UHF channels 21-69 range (in VCRs HD100EE uses a separate decoder
for reception of stereo gear in the system A2). The design and
dimensions of all these TV tuners are the same, but their scheme DBK,
channel selector, and connections with other nodes VCRs significantly
different.
Schematic diagram of the TT VEP7645Y shown in Fig. 3 (see
attachment). It is composed of World band channel selector (SLE)
ENV59845H3, BRK-based chip IC701 - M51366SP firm MITSUBISHI, device
configuration management of SLE on the chip IC7652? AN5043 firm
MATSUSHITA, lowercase pulse shaper on a chip IC7651 - AN5421N firm
MATSUSHITA, management regimes on the chip IC7653 - MN4066BS (both - the
company MATSUSHITA). Configuring TT performed by the synthesis of the
control voltage of the PWM signal span of 5 V, supplied through the pin.
10 pin connector on PS702. 4 chips IS7652 (numbering contacts mating
connector on the main board RR7402 VCR "mirror"). Integration of the PWM
signal on pin. 6 chip IC7652 provides multilink RC-filter, the output
of which is allocated to the constant component of a buffer stage inside
the chip (vyv. 7, Cool and further integrating the chain enters the
channel selector varicaps (chain) output. Band switching is accomplished
by control signals U, VL on the pin. 10, 9 chips on the system
configuration management through the contacts 8, 9 connector PS702. Of
the four possible combinations ("00", "01", "10", "11") are three in
Fig. Figure 3 shows the option to include a range VL (lower part of the
meter range), provided by a combination of "01", while at the pin. 15
chip appears BL control voltage (+12 V) supplied to the corresponding
output channel selector. Inclusion ranges VH (top meter range) and U
(UHF) corresponds to a combination of "11" and "10", while on the
channel selector voltage is +12 V for the HV circuits, BU from the pin.
14, 12 chips, respectively.
IC7652 chip is powered UNREG 45 V (+45 V pin. 3 PS701) and REG 12,3 V
(+12 V pin. 7 PS702). And the +12 V goes directly to the pin. 11 IC
(circuit VCC3), and the voltage 45 V via resistors R7676, R7679 - on
pin. 3 (chain VCC1, +32 V) and a R7677 - on the pin. 16 (chain VCC2,
+12,8 V). And faults in the radio unit, these resistors and inductor
L701 is checked first.
Shaper of television signals, or a TV modulator (RF CONV), connected
to a channel selector through the connector CONV IN. TV modulator
operates in the UHF band on channel 38 with a frequency spacing of
bearing the picture and sound 5.5 or 6.5 MHz (VCR HD100EC on channel E36
- with spacing 5.5 MHz, and the VCR HD100AM on channel E38, C25, M36 -
with spacing 4.5, 5.5, 6, 6.5 MHz). In the channel selector is a pretty
effective antenna switch, which provides good isolation and low
attenuation feeding RF signals to the inputs of your TV or VCR (circuit
TV / VTR in the channel selector). Feeding the switch goes to the pin.
ANT + B on the chain NON SW 12V via 4 Pin Connector PS701. On the pin.
AGC, AFT the signals from the control system AGC and AFC block radio.
AGC signal is fed through a resistor R724 from chip channel 1S701 (vyv.
1), and the signal HRA? through the buffer stage at the transistor Q772
and the switch on a chip, IC7653, which allows to disable the system to
provide more fine-tuning to the frequency with bad reception conditions,
or when a large level of reflected signals. When disabled AFC control
signal given by a constant voltage of +5 V with a resistor divider
R7683, R7684, filed on pin. 11 IC7653. If the AFC is enabled,
self-tuning control signal comes from the pin. 16 chip IC701 at pin.
September chip IC7653.
IF signal (IF) through the amplifier transistor Q710 goes to a
dedicated (dual) intermediate frequency filter H710 SAW having two
bandwidth: 33 ... 38 MHz - for signals PCHI and 31 ... 33 MHz - for
signals PCHZ. This filter is a key element for the implementation of
quasi-parallel channel sound. Dedicated filter signals PCHI
symmetrically fed to the two-stage adjustable UPCHI (1ST IF AMP, 2 ST IF
AMP) through the pin. 8, 9 chip IC701. To form the video signal and the
2 nd drive sound at frequencies of 5.5 and 6.5 MHz chip M51366SP using
synchronous detection. On-Video (VIDEO DET) except the output signal
UPCHI voltage is applied to local oscillator with a frequency of 38 MHz
and a phase shift of 90 ° relative to the carrier image. The composition
of the local oscillator VCO is (VSO) - voltage-controlled oscillator,
phase-shifting circuit (+45 °, -45 °) and a phase detector (APC DET).
Natural frequency of the VCO by an external circuit T703, S742, S743,
its signal through a chain of +45 ° phase-shifting applied to the phase
detector, it did the IF signal output from the image UPCHI. Signal error
(mismatch) from the output of phase detector adjusts the VCO frequency
and phase before their match with the frequency and phase of the carrier
image. The video signal output from synchronous detector through the
pin. 28 chips, H711 notch filter suppresses the signal remains the 2 nd
IF audio pin. 30 is fed to a cascade of equalization (EQ),
chastotozadayuschie chains which are connected to the pin. 2 chips. The
output of the correction stage (vyv. 3 chip) fully formed PTSTS through
buffer stage to the transistor Q703 is output BRC - cont. 14 connector,
PS703, chain TUNER VIDEO.
IC M51366SP can also demodulate FM signals sound, but in this case,
its capabilities are not fully utilized. Dedicated filter H710 PCHZ
signals through the condenser and S718 pin. 11 chip IC701 come to a
synchronous detector channel sound (SIF DET). LO signal for him is the
same as for the image channel VCOs (VCO). Output signal of the
synchronous detector of the difference frequency (5,5 / 6,5 MHz) through
the pin. 1915 chip is output BRC - cont. 22 R5704 (chain SIF),
demodulation of FM sound signal is produced in the block decoder
(DEMODULATOR PACK).
The composition of DBK is also horizontal synchronization separator
on a chip IC7651, distinguishing them from PTSTS (goes to the pin. 1
chip). Lowercase pulses on the output selector (vyv. 9 chips) are
required for the audio decoder unit A2 or NICAM VCR in HD100EC.
BRC is considered a high-class device that provides high-quality
reception of television signals (prices HD100 VCR sales in the period
amounted to U.S. $ 500-600). However, it has a few more adjustment
elements than in simple modern BRC VCRs and TVs, often have worse than
that under consideration, parameters. Faults in the BRC occur often
enough. In many cases, to ensure quality reception enough to handle, but
many repairmen are no methods of adjustment, as in the service manuals
for the equipment they are not always given.
Consider possible (generalized) ways to adjust the BRC, focusing on
the scheme under consideration (Fig. 3). First, you need to choose the
source of the test signal, the question is not as simple as it seems at
first glance. The fact is that to properly adjust the BRC requires
high-frequency television signal, is entirely consistent with the
Broadcasting Standards (B / G, D / C. ..), but not every test signal
generator that meets the requirements. The best option would be to use
broadcast television signal of any public broadcaster, operating in the
top of the meter range (6-12 channels) or UHF. Non-state regional firms
do not always maintain the norms of the standard. Work on the high
channels will minimize the impact of response channel selector on the
measurement results (bandwidth RF channels of the channel selector on
these channels are wide enough, and the steepness of the slopes of
response is low).
When adjusting the tuning frequency contours APCHG T704 and T703 VCO
should be borne in mind that when you rebuild the contour APCHG range of
television signal and carrying the image shifted to the frequency of
the filter main breeding H710 in one way or another. This leads to
various distortions of the image, such as loss of clarity, color and
black and white "toffees", change the brightness and contrast, etc. In
redesigning the circuit VCOs within a small range of any changes in the
image can not be because of the PLL. When leaving the strip holding the
PLL image is deteriorating.
Most fine-tune the contours of a TV tuner with synthesizers voltage
oscillator (as in this case) may be using a spectrum analyzer,
connecting it to the IF output channel selector. Adjustment is made in
the following sequence:
- Disable APCHG;
- Rebuild the manual channel selector so that the carrier image
chosen for the measurement channel has given a mark on the drive output
selector on the frequency of 38 MHz;
- Include APCHG and tuning circuit T704 set a mark on the same carrier frequency of 38 MHz;
- Connect the oscilloscope to integrating circuit of the phase
detector (reference point TR703) and tuning circuit T703 sets the value
of the constant component of 4.7 V with minimal ripple.
In the absence of a spectrum analyzer set contours (with the worst
accuracy) is possible by controlling the shape of vertical sync output
BRC. When off APCHG rearrange channel selector for maximum rectangular
pulses without emissions and noise at the front on the flat top pulses
(a perfect form in practice is not always possible). After that,
inserting APCHG, tuning circuit T704 achieve the same shape vertical
sync. Contour T703 adjust the method described above.
Briefly review the features in TV tuner VEP07684E VCR
"PANASONIC-NV-HD100EC", its schematic diagram shown in Fig. 4 (see
attachment). This TT is used channel selector with frequency synthesizer
LO driven by chains CS (CHIP SELECT - choice of a block), DATA, CLOCK
through contact. 8, 9, 10, R5702 connector (as seen from the diagram in
Fig. 3, 4, the pin assignments of connectors PS701-PS704 tuners do not
match). The structure of chips M52014SP (IC701) is basically the same
structure M51366SP, but in Fig. 4, it is given in more detail (pinout
chips are different). It should be noted that the system APCHG tuners in
the synth oscillator frequency is not needed, therefore, relevant to
the AFC portion of the device chip is enabled only for tone AFC (S) on
the pin. 6 PS701. This process signal is used when switching channels
and is designed to mask the transients. Output PTSTS removed from the
pin. 3 chip IC701 through the emitter follower transistor ZH703 (chain
TUNER VIDEO, cont. 14 PS703). Available on-chip decoder sound here is
not used, IF signal (5.5 MHz) with a pin. 16 chip IC701 through the
emitter follower transistor Q711 is displayed on the pin. 22 R5704
(chain SIF / QPSK).
Using the tuner oscillator frequency synthesizers in multi-standard
TV and VCR difficult because of the need to work with different
frequency grids television used in specific regions and countries.
Therefore, the frequency synthesizers are used mainly in the 1 - and
2-standard devices (such as in the above VCR HD100EC). Synthesizers have
been used for years in equipment designed for use in North America
(where buyers usually do not suspect the existence of other TV systems).
In practice, the repair, there are times when you need to adjust the TV
or VCR, designed to work in Europe or other countries. Author's
opinion, to produce such works for devices with frequency synthesizers
economically impractical because the complexity of the problem in such
cases goes far beyond the capabilities of the repairmen, and even if
there is sufficient engineering skills to the task require unreasonably
long time. Adapting vehicles with synthesizers voltage oscillator for
many TVs and VCRs is not particularly difficult, it justified for
expensive equipment.
In conclusion, we consider the design features of the TV tuner
VEP07723B, used in multi-standard VCR "PANASONIC-NV-HD100AM" (as noted
above, the device works with virtually all standards and frequency
grids, except for standard L). This TT is used World band channel
selector with a synthesizer oscillator voltage. As chip IC7652 AN5043SR
applied in the housing for mounting on a surface, its pinout differs
from that shown in Fig. 3. In the BRC tuner IC used LA7577 firm SANYO,
instead of dual core filter selection applied to individual SAW filters -
EFCH38WV3 for image signals, EFCH32WP1 signals sound. In addition, the
BRC has multiple crystal filters for audio signals of different
standards of TV converter PCHZ with a crystal at 500 kHz and an
additional circuit in the path PCHZ (see Fig. 1, 2).
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:19 am


Repair of CRT - a task relevant and economically viable. To solve it,
the author proposes a simple device that can be made independently. The
device is much more compact and easy to work, and most importantly -
cheaper brand, but not inferior to them in efficiency.
Faults kinescope are often a problem in the repair of televisions and
monitors. High voltages and complex temperature soon enough to detect
violations of technological standards in the assembly of the kinescope.
Faults CRT quite diverse and have their own ways of elimination by
various subterfuges. Most often faced wizard with a drop of emission
cathodes and interelectrode closure.
One method to increase the cathode emission is to increase the heater
voltage kinescope. Another method - recycling cathode high-voltage
discharge, burning out the surface layer. The success of this procedure,
as seen by the author, depends largely on the device itself, and ways
of acting on the surface of the active layer, and the quality and
condition of the restored kinescope cathodes. Interelectrode circuit,
arising from the destruction of the components of the electron guns,
typically remove by passing through the closed electrodes short-pulse
current, for example, discharging a capacitor. In essence, these
processes are poorly controlled, and the recovery results are
unpredictable.
Various devices and methods of disaster recovery in the overall picture
tubes have long been developed and are well known. Currently optimized
circuitry devices through the use of modern element base, for example,
to implement known algorithms using microcontrollers. Improved
ergonomics devices through the use of various indicators and scales.
Modified modes. For example, to create a more sustainable use of
electric discharge pulse width modulation voltage applied to the
cathode. Modulation enables longer step process of electrical breakdown
at the minimum currents and voltages regeneration. Applied periodically
disabling the heater voltage kinescope during regeneration, rendering by
changing the temperature of the heater and cathode components of the
additional impact on the ongoing processes.
Most reconstruction methods developed in the CRT 50 ... 60 years now
describe the schemes of devices and techniques for restoration of
picture tubes are rare. Nevertheless, the device of this type is needed
in our day to any master, engaged in repair TVs or monitors. Summarizing
the experience with various devices, offer your own version. It differs
in that it provides an opportunity preset current values ​​in the area
of ​​electrical breakdown. This decision, combined with ease of use is a
new solution in the regeneration of the cathodes.
The device is compact and easy to use, and performance is not much
different from the complex proprietary devices in large elegant case. It
does not require a set of interchangeable panels for different types of
picture tubes. The result of recovery is observed immediately on a TV
screen. During the years of operation the device circuitry is
well-developed, low cost, collect and customize it may even be a ham.
None of the TV or monitor does not hurt for long-term practice of the
instrument, but, nevertheless, a warning: the author is not liable for
the consequences of the proposed method and apparatus.
Schematic diagram of the device shown in Figure 1. The device consists
of a power supply and stop-modulator. In the power supply device
includes components T1, D2, C1, C2. Rectifier D2 through the current
limiting resistor charges the capacitors C1 and C2 to a voltage of 400
... 450 V. The energy of the capacitor C2 is used to discharge a CRT
through a limiter-modulator in Q1. Control voltage limiter on the
modulator is fed to a capacitor C1. Independently powered, allowing to
preserve the stability characteristics of the limiter during the
discharge of the capacitor C2. To modulate the current source flyback
pulses used winding III of the transformer T1. The depth of modulation
of the current set resistor R4 in the range 40 ... 60%. Current
limitation in the range 30 ... 800 mA set resistor R7. D3 LED red is
used as a stabilizer of the base voltage and the indicator. Resistor R8
sets the maximum current in the discharge circuit. Resistor R6
restrictive, R9 - current sensor. Transistor Q1 can apply the type
BU508, S2000 or similar, but without the resistor in the circuit of the
base - emitter. The average power dissipated in the transistor is small,
so you can do without the radiator. Diode D2 type BYW54 or any pulse,
with a reverse voltage of not less than 600 V. The transformer T1 is
wound on a ferrite core of a network filter PSU TV or monitor, the size
of the core is not critical because of low power consumption. I winding
contains 20 turns of wire 0,53 mm, winding II - 180 ... 200 turns of
wire 0,12 mm, winding III contains 30 turns of the same wire. Capacitors
C1 and C2 are designed for voltage 450 volts.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Figure 1.Printsipialnaya diagram of the device

The device in a compact plastic case. Positive terminal device and the
wires connecting it to the conclusions of the heater is equipped with a
crocodile. " Negative terminal is conveniently made into a probe, which
is a thick metal needle, mounted in the body from the pen. In the same
dipstick is conveniently placed button SW1.
Operation is as follows. Conclusions power connect using "crocodile" to
the conclusions of a TV picture tube filament. Connected correctly
determined from the emission of the LED D1. After a few seconds required
to charge capacitors, the device is ready to work. Positive terminal
connects to the modulator (usually common), negative to the cathode
restored. Setting a current to a minimum, close the button SW1. The
result of regeneration checked for image quality on the screen after
disconnecting the device from the cathode. Figure 2 shows the shape of
the output signal. If necessary, increase the current resistor R7, turn
on the device and re-check the results. Thus, gradually increasing the
current can be the least "traumatic" impact on any picture tube
cathodes.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Figure 2. Output Waveform

In some TVs in the regeneration can work protection. In this case,
restart the TV on again and the process can be continued. Longstanding
practice of using this instrument showed that there were no defects in
TV at the same time does not arise. If necessary, disable the heater
voltage kinescope can be simulated simply turning off the TV. Thermal
inertia of the cathode and the energy stored in the capacitor device,
allow regeneration while preserving the desired mode. To apply a
negative voltage, as recommended in some techniques, you can simply swap
the plug to the kinescope conclusions. To use the device in a tube TV
or monitor without pulsed glow on the line transformer must be wound
temporary additional winding of 3 ... 5 turns to her and connect power
supply terminals unit.
When you work with the device do not forget about safety regulations!
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:20 am

Find the defect is much more complicated than eliminate it, especially
the novice webmaster. Proposed by the author to become a universal
technique will allow you to quickly and effectively diagnose the modern
TV.
C GETTING STARTED


When repairing television sets there are situations when
TV is not switched on and shows no signs of life. This significantly
complicates the localization of the defect, especially when you consider that the repair
imported machinery often have no concepts. Before the master
faced with the task to identify the fault and fix it at the lowest cost
time and effort. You must follow a certain method of finding
faults.
If a workshop or a special master values ​​its reputation, it is necessary
begin with the cleaning apparatus. Armed with a soft brush and vacuum should be
clean the inner surface of the shell surface of the kinescope and the board
television receiver. After thorough cleaning, make an external inspection
Boards and elements in it. Sometimes you can immediately determine the location of faults
swollen or ruptured capacitors, resistors of charred or
burnt through the transistors and circuits. It happens that after cleaning
kinescope of dust instead of a transparent envelope, we see a milky-white interior
surface (loss of vacuum).
Significantly more visual inspection does not detect external signs of failure
details. And then the question arises - where to start?
POWER SUPPLY


Most appropriate to begin repairs to verify that the block
supply. To do this, disable the load (output stage line scan) and
connect instead incandescent lamp 220 V, 60 ... 100 watts.
Typically, the supply voltage line scan is 110 ... 150 B
Depending on the size of the kinescope. View the secondary circuit on the board next to
pulse transformer power supply filter capacitor we find that
often has a capacity of 47 ... 100 uF and voltage about 160 V. Next
the filter is rectifier voltage line scan. After
filter the voltage supplied to the output stage through the throttle, limiting
resistor or fuse, and sometimes the board is just a jumper. Unsolder
this item, we will disable the output stage power supply from the cascade of horizontal
sweep. Parallel capacitors connect the bulb - the simulator
load.
When you first turn the key transistor power supply unit may withdraw from
failure due to faulty elements binding. To prevent this,
PSU is better to switch over yet another incandescent lamp of 100 ... 150
W, is used as a fuse and included instead vypayannogo
component. If the scheme is defective components and power consumption will
large lamp lights, and all the stress falls on it. In such a situation
necessary, first of all, check the input circuit, a network rectifier
filter capacitor and the power transistor power supply. When you turn on the lamp
lit up and immediately went out and began to dim light, we can assume that
PSU defective, and no further adjustment is best carried without a lamp.
Including power supply, measure the voltage across the load. Carefully
Look at the board, whether about the power supply resistor control output
voltage. Usually next to him is an inscription indicating the quantity
voltage (110 ... 150 V).
If such elements on the board does not pay attention to the presence of
control points. Sometimes the voltage supply point near the conclusion
primary winding of the transformer row. If diagonal CRT 20 ... 21 "
voltage should be in the range 110 ... 130 V, while the amount of kinescope 25 ... 29 "
supply voltage range is typically 130 ... 150V.
If the supply is higher than these values, you should check
the integrity of the elements of the primary circuit power supply and feedback loop
which serves to set and stabilize the output voltage. It should also be
check the electrolytic capacitors. After drying, their capacity is much
decreases, which leads to a malfunction of the scheme and improve secondary
stresses.
For example, in the TV Akai CT2107D when dry electrolytic capacitor
S911 (47 uF, 50 V) voltage in the secondary circuit instead of 115 V can
increased to 210 V.
If the voltage too low, you should check for the presence of the secondary circuit
closures or large leaks, integrity of protective diodes R2K, R2M in the chain
Power line scan and protective diodes 33 in the food chain personnel
sweep.
For example, a TV Gold Star CKT 2190 when a faulty capacitor
filter power line scan 33 uF, 160 V, which has a large leakage current,
the output voltage instead of 115V is about 30 V.
The TV Funai TV-2000A MK7 was knocked protective diode
R2M, which led to fire protection, and TV are not included; in Funai
1400 TV-MK10 breakdown of the protective diode 33 in the food chain Vertical
also led to fire protection.
Line scan


Having dealt with the power supply and making sure it is working properly,
reconnects in supply line scan, removing
first lamp, which was used instead of the load.
For the first turning on the TV it is desirable to install the lamp
filament is used instead of fuses.
With proper output stage of the line scanning lamp when you turn
lights for a few seconds and then turn off, or will be poorly lit.
When you turn on the lamp broke and continues to burn, make sure
in good output transistor line scan. If the transistor
correct, and no high voltage, make sure you have the control pulses
on the basis of the output transistor line scan. If the pulses are all
voltage is normal, it can be assumed that the faulty line
transformer.
Sometimes it is immediately clear by strong heating of the latter, but
reliably tell whether the defective TDKS, by their appearance is very difficult. For
In order to determine this accurately, you can use the following method. On
collector winding of the transformer serve rectangular pulses with frequency
1 ... 10 kHz low amplitude (you can use the signal output of the calibration
oscilloscope]. There also connect the input of the oscilloscope.
With proper transformer maximum amplitude obtained
differentiated pulses must be not less than the amplitude of the initial
rectangular pulses.
If TDKS is closed loop, we'll see soon
differentiated pulse amplitude in two or more times smaller than the original
rectangular. This method can also determine the failure of transformers
Network Switching power supplies.
The method works without watering transformer (of course, be
ensure no short circuit in the secondary circuit piping).
Another fault line scan in which the power supply is not
switched on and lamp included instead of a fuse, is brightly lit - the breakdown
lowercase deflection coils. Define this problem can be achieved by
detach coils. If after that the TV is normally enabled, then
probably faulty deflection system [OS]. To see this, replace
deflection system with a known good. TV at the same time must include at
a very short time to avoid burn-through kinescope. Replace the deflection
system is not difficult. Better to use the OS from the same picture tube with a diagonal
the same size.
The author had to install a TV Funai 2000 MKZ
deflection system from Philips TV with a diagonal of 21 ". After installation
the new operating system in the TV adjustment will be necessary details rays
application generator television signals.
Vertical


If the line scan is working, the screen, at least, should
lit horizontal bar, and an intact vertical refresh - full
raster. If no raster and the screen is visible to the bright horizontal bar, it should be
adjusting the accelerating voltage [Screen] TDKS to reduce the brightness
screen. This is necessary so as not to burn the CRT phosphor, and only
then the fault must be sought in the field sweep.
Diagnosis in the block field sweep should begin by checking
power master oscillator and output stage. Most often, food is taken from
row winding of the transformer. Voltage of these cascades is
24 ... 28 V. The voltage is fed through limiting resistor, which should
check first. Frequent failures in the field sweep
are the breakdown or breakage rectifier and the failure of circuits
Vertical. Rarely, but still meets interturn closure in
HR deflection coils.
If you suspect a deflection system to make it a better test
by temporarily connecting a known good coil. Monitoring should be
produce an oscilloscope by observing the pulses directly to the staff coils.
SUPPLY CHAIN ​​CRT


It happens that the power supply and power sweeps are OK, but the TV screen
not lit. In this case, you must check the heater voltage, and if there is any
integrity of the filament kinescope.
In practice, the author have been two cases in which a filament winding row
transformer was broken (Sony TV and Waltham). He hurried me
line transformer. For a start, it should be carefully vypayat, cleaned of
Dust and carefully examine the conclusions of the filament winding.
Sometimes the break is near the terminal under a layer of epoxy.
Hot soldering iron carefully remove the part of the pitch and if the break is found, remove
, after which it is desirable to place repair to fill with epoxy.
If the break is not found, you can wind the filament winding on
core of the same transformer. The number of turns is selected empirically
(Usually 3 ... 5 coils, wire MGTF 0.14]. Winding ends can be fixed with glue
or mastic.
Radio channel, BLOCK COLOUR, video amplifier


If the scan is normal, the screen lights up and it does not, you can
identify the faulty unit on the following grounds.
In the absence of sound and image fault to be found in
radio channel (tuner and video processor).
If there is sound and there is no image problem should be sought
in video amplifier or a block color.
In the presence of images and no sound is defective, most likely,
video processor or a low-frequency amplifier.
After checking the power supply channel to submit video and
audio signals through a low entrance (you can use the generator
TV signals or conventional video recorder).
If there is no picture or sound, it should be with an oscilloscope
trace the signal path from the source from which the signal is applied to
cathode TV tube, or if faulty sound channel to the speakers and
if necessary, replace the faulty item.
If after the signal to the subwoofer input image and sound
appeared, then the fault must be sought in the previous stages.
When checking the video processor must signal the inverter to the input from the FSS
generator or from the output of other TV tuner.
If the image and sound does not appear, check with an oscilloscope
signal path, and if necessary change the video processor (replacing
chips it is better to solder socket).
If the picture and sound is, then the fault must be sought in the tuner
or in the piping. First of all, we must verify the tuner postupaetli
food.
Check performance of switching transistors, through which enters
voltage on the tuner when switching ranges. Trace arrives at a
base of these transistors, the signal from the CPU control to verify the quantity and
range of voltage settings, which must vary within
0 ... 31 V.
When troubleshooting tuner needed to send a signal to the antenna
mixer, bypassing the stages RF amplifier. For this purpose it is convenient to use the probe,
which can be made from a disposable syringe with the plunger removed. In the upper
part of the syringe should install an antenna jack and a 470 pF capacitor
connect the center pin with a needle. Earth derive ordinary wire, for
better facilities for the earthen wire solder clip "crocodile." Probe on the line with
antenna connector and sends a signal to the cascade tuner.
With this probe failed to identify a fault in the tuner
TV Grundig T55-640 OIRT. This unit was broken the first stage
UHF. Malfunction by signaling through a 10 pF capacitor directly
with an antenna jack, bypassing the first transistor, the next stage tuner.
Image quality and sensitivity of the TV after such alterations
remained quite high and did not even affect the operation of teletext.
CONTROL UNIT


Should especially focus on the diagnosis control unit
TV.
At its repair is desirable to use a scheme or reference data
on the control processor. If you can not find such data, you can try
download them from the manufacturer of these components via the Internet
(Http://www.bgs.nu/sdw/shtml).
Fault in the block may occur as follows: TV is not
turn on the TV does not respond to signals from the remote or buttons on
front panel, no adjustment volume, brightness, contrast, saturation
and other parameters, no configuration on the television program is not saved
settings in memory, there is no indication of control settings.
If it does, first of all check the availability of food for
processor and clock work. Then you need to determine whether the acts
signal processor management scheme inclusion. You must find out
the principle of turning on the TV.
TV can be enabled through the control signal, which
starts power supply, or by removing the lock from the passage of lowercase
trigger pulse from the master oscillator to the power line scan.
It should be noted that the processor control signal to activate
denotes any Power, or Stand-by. If the signal from the processor goes, then
fault to be found in the scheme of inclusion, and if no signal, it is necessary
change the processor.
If the TV turns on, but does not react to signals from the remote, it is necessary
to start the test itself console. You can check it on another TV, so
same model.
To test panels can produce a simple device consisting of
photodiode connected to the SR-50. The device connects to
oscilloscope, the sensitivity of the oscilloscope is set within 2 ... 5 mV.
Remote should be sent to the LED from a distance of 1 ... 5 cm on the screen
oscilloscope for proper console will be visible pulse packet. If the pulses
not diagnose the remote.
Check sequentially powered, state and track contact
state of the contact pads on the control button, the presence of pulses at the output
chip panel, serviceability transistor or transistors, and serviceability
emitting LEDs.
Often, after the fall of the console fails quartz. When
need to change a defective item or restore pads
and covering buttons (this can be done, causing graphite, such as a soft pencil,
or paste buttons metalized film).
If the remote working properly, you need to trace the signal flow from
a sensor to the processor. If the signal reaches the processor, and its output
nothing changes, we can assume that the processor is faulty.
If the TV is not controlled by front panel buttons, you need to
first check the serviceability of the buttons themselves, and then trace the existence of pulses
survey and submitting them to the control bus.
If the TV turns on with the remote and impulses come to the bus
management and operational control are not working, you should find out by
a microprocessor controls the output of any control (volume,
brightness, contrast, saturation). Next check the data path
adjustments, until the execution units.
The microprocessor provides control signals with linearly changing
duty cycle, and joined the executive devices, these signals
converted into a linearly changing voltage.
If the signal is sent to the execution unit, and the reaction
devices on the signal is not, then this device is subject to repair, but if not
control signal, the replacement shall be subject to control processor.
In the absence of adjustment on the television program first check
node selection sub-band. Usually through buffers are implemented using transistors with
CPU voltage is applied to the findings of the tuner (0 or 12). Most often overlook
down these transistors. But it happens that there are no signals from the processor
switching sub-bands. In this case it is necessary to change the processor.
Next, check the site making the voltage settings. Supply voltage
usually comes from the secondary rectifier with a small transformer and
100 ... 130 V. This voltage regulator is formed by
30 ... 31 V.
The microprocessor manages the key, forming a voltage settings
0 ... 31 V with a signal with a linearly varying duty cycle, which, after
filter is transformed into a linearly changing voltage.
Most often fails stabilizer 30 ... 33 B. If the TV
does not save settings in memory, it is necessary for any configuration check exchange
data between the processor and memory chip controls on tires CS, CLK, D1,
DO. If the exchange is, and the values ​​are not stored in memory, replace the
memory chip.
If the TV is no indication of the control parameters, needed in
display mode to verify availability of service packs videopulses information
processor control circuits R, G, B and luminance signal and passing
these signals through buffers to video amplifier.
In this article, we touched a small part of the fault, which
found in television receivers. But in any case, the method of finding
helps you to determine and correct the problem and reduce
time spent on repairs.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:22 am

Adjustment and repair of televisions, made on chassis 11AK30



TV chassis 11AK30 use both domestic and foreign manufacturers of
television sets. For example, it produced the following models:
«Roadstar TVL1491», «Funai MK11», «Horizont CTV664M», «Lumatron CTV
21M1.

We give some technical details TVs made in the chassis 11AK30:

  • frequency bands: VHF, UHF and cable channels;
  • TV standards: D / K, B / G;
  • TV color system: PAL, SECAM;
  • Program Memory: 100 channels;
  • External Connectors: SCART (or two);
  • UMZCH: mono or stereo;
    modes of image format:
  • 4:3 or 16:9;
  • Power: AC mains voltage 170 ... 240 V.

Structurally the chassis is a monoplatu unit containing elements of
the power source (PS), radiopathes, video channel, UMZCH, lowercase and
personnel developments. Video amplifier is placed on board the
kinescope.
The block diagram of TVs made in the chassis 11AK30 is shown in Fig. 1, a schematic diagram - Fig. 2.1 - 2.7.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 1


Description of concept





Power supply



Power source generates constant stabilized voltage, galvanic isolated from the network needed to supply all units TV.
In the scheme of IP include: filter feeding (TR801, C801, C802), CRT
degaussing circuit (TN800, degaussing coil), the mains voltage rectifier
(D811, D813, D837, D838, C803, C804, C808), pulse converter on the chip
IC800 (MS44608), a key transistor Q601 (2SK2750), pulse transformer
TR802, rectifiers secondary stress (Fig. 2.1).
Stabilization of output voltage PI by using a feedback circuit consisting of circuits IC118 and IC801.
To switch the power supply to standby and operating modes of the
microcontroller (MC) IC501 generates a signal STBY (vyv. 47), which
through Q503 and Q802 keys supplied to the base of the transistor Q804.



[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.1





Horizontal scan



Line scan performed by the standard scheme and the description does not need.
We note only that the lower trigger pulse coming from the pin. 48
chip IC403 (STV223X) for pre-amplifier transistor Q601 and further via
the elements S613, L601, R628 - on the Q603, which is a load TDKS
(TR601) and lower operating coil (Fig. 2.3).
Feeding line scan performed voltage B + (150 B), which is powered by
IP TV. In addition to the basic function, the circuit line scanning
generates power for supply of Vertical, video amplifier and picture
tube.
Vertical


Master Oscillator Vertical performed on a chip IC403. Vertical
sawtooth pulses with pin. 42 IC403 (Figure 2.2) arrive at the pin. 4
chips IC600 (TDA8174AW) - see Fig. 2.3. Chip incorporates the output
stage, the pulse generator circuit TC and thermal protection. To its
output (vyv. 1) through the connector PL601 (kont. 2, 3) connected to
human coil.
IC600 is fed from the circuit line scanning voltage of 26 V.



[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.2







Tract audio and video



Tract at its core is made on the multi-functional chip IC403
(STV223X), which consists of UPChiZ,-Video, FM demodulator, decoder
chroma signal, video processor and sinhroprotsessor (Fig. 2.2).
IF signal output from the tuner TU201 (vyv. 10, 11) arrives at the
SAW filter (Z402) and further - to the input chip IC403 (vyv. 6 and 7),
which undergo further processing. Output signals of primary colors are
removed from the pin. 32, 31, 30 and IC403 through connectors PL405,
PL900 supplied to end-video amplifier.
Video amplifier is made on the type of chip IC901 STV5112, posted on the board CRT (Figure 2.4).
IC901 chip is powered +8 V (from IP) and 200 B (from the circuit line scanning).
To ensure the work of the TV or stereo psevdostereorezhimah in the
scheme of a digital audio processor IC700 type MSP3410D (Fig. 2.5).
The chassis includes both monaural UMZCH (IC701 - see Fig. 2.5) and stereo (IC301, IC401 - see Fig. 2.2).



Management system



Use your TV is provided with a front panel and remote control.
The control system is implemented on the TV microcontroller (MC) IC501 type ST92195 firm SGS THOMSON (Fig. 2.6).
Depending on the specific TV model, the MC was originally programmed
at the factory. As an example, some variants of marking of the
microcontroller with a different "firmware":

  • ST92195CB1/OBF T30 E30;
  • ST92195D1B1/ELK VES20 STX / VS.

On a chip IC500 type ST24CO8 made non-volatile memory, which stores
the value of current settings. MC and memory chip are interconnected
with a digital interface I2S.





[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.3




[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.4




[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.5




[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.6




[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
Fig. 2.7



Typical gear failures and their solutions



When you turn on the TV blows the fuse F801
Disconnect the TV from the network and network elements with an ohmmeter check the filter, a rectifier circuit demagnetization.
Then check the elements of the pulse converter: Q801, D800, C811,
S812, R807 winding 67 TR802 (in closed loop). If the transistor Q801
goes down, you tend to need replacement and chip IC800.

TV does not turn on the fuse F801 is safe
If the key transmitter does not work (no pulses scale of about 500 V
at the drain Q801), when the TV is controlled by the presence of voltage
on the pin. 6 IC800 (not less than 10 V). In its absence, check the
L803, D804, C806, C810, as well as the winding 34 TR802 on closed loop.
Also check for the pulse frequency of 100 Hz and span no less than 7 V
to pin. 8 chips.
If everything is normal, inspect the elements R805, R807, L802, C857, Q801, IC800 (IC check replacement), and IC801.
If the converter works, but its frequency of low (less than 20 kHz),
check items in FE in the secondary circuits, as well as its load. If the
secondary circuit are OK, check the following items: IC118, IC801,
D889, Q802, Q804.
There is no picture on the screen is visible thin horizontal line
Check for voltage at pin 26 In. 10 IC IC600. If the voltage is
normal, check the triggers of personnel time screwdriver on the pin. 4
chips. If you do not have them check the elements of the circuit between
the IC600 and IC403 (vyv. 42).
There is no screen, the sound is
Check for damaged elements of the line scan (first transistor Q603),
as well as the heater circuit and picture tube accelerating voltage.
Please note that some manufacturers set the transistor Q603 to
monoplatu without a radiator, which often leads to overheating and
failure. This transistor must be installed on the radiator of a suitable
size.
After warming yourself changing the brightness
Frequent cause of this defect is TDKS.
Service mode


To activate the service mode, press the blue button on the remote. On
the TV screen should appear INSTALLATION menu. Then on the remote
control has consistently pressed the button 4, 7, 2 and 5. You should
see the Tools menu.
To select the required parameters click the button "P +" or "P", and to change their content - click "+" or "-" on the remote.
Parameters of the service menu are listed in Table. 1. For some parameters are given their default values ​​(factory settings).
Coloured buttons used remote control in the service menu as follows.
Red button (only for stereo model) switches AVL is ON or OFF.
Green button toggles the aspect ratio (4:3 or 16:9). This is necessary in the crust Royko vertical size in re regime of 16:9.
Yellow button turns on the Vertical scan disable and is used when setting the accelerating voltage.
The blue button is used to automatically adjust the AGC and IF.
White balance adjustment
Parameters of WR, WG, and WB are used to adjust the white balance. This requires a color spectrum analyzer.
Setting the AGC
In order to configure the AGC is fed to antenna input signal level 60
dBmkV (channel 12C 224.25 MHz). Choose a service menu option and click
AGC blue button on the remote control. The setting will be done
automatically. Then check the quality of images at a specified signal 90
dBmkV.
Setting OSD position horizontally
Selects the OSD in the service menu and adjust the OSD position
horizontally using a reference band (shown at the bottom of the screen).

Adjust the brightness of the teletext
Tune the TV to a channel with teletext. Included in the service menu,
press the button on the RC TT and set the brightness value equal to 39
(using "+" or "-" on the remote).
Setting Options
Choose an option in the service menu. To change a bit in a selected
option press the same digit on the remote control (value of the bit can
be changed from "1" to "0" and vice versa). The options available in the
service menu, presented in Table. 2 - 7.
Table. 8 shows the types of tuners and their operating frequency ranges, which are used on the chassis 11AK30.
Table. 9 shows the values ​​of the junior and senior high byte of F1,
F2, BS, BS3 and CB, which must be written when you install the
appropriate tuner.





Table 1
ParameterDescriptionNote, the default
OSOSD Horizontal Position-
IF1Coarse tuning drive5
IF2Precise adjustment of the drive63
IF3Coarse tuning the drive for the L-prime5
IF4Precise adjustment of the drive for the L-prime63
AGCAdjusting AGC63
VLINVertical linearity-
VS1AVertical size for the frequency of 50 Hz / 4:3-
VS1BVertical size for the frequency of 50 Gts/16: 9-
VP1The vertical position for 50 Hz-
HP1The horizontal position for 50 Hz-
VS2AVertical size for the frequency of 60 Hz / 4:3-
VS2BVertical size for the frequency of 60 Gts/16: 9-
VP2The vertical position for 60 Hz-
HP2The horizontal position for 60 Hz-
RGBHRGB signals of low-input-
WRWhite set for red40
WGWhite set for green40
WBWhite set for blue40
BROffset for the red31
BGOffset for the green31
FMP1Prescaler FM, when the AVL is off9
NIP1Prescaler NICAM, when the AVL is off20
SCP1Prescaler SCART, when the AVL is off14
FMP2Prescaler FM, when the AVL enabled18
NIP2Prescaler NICAM, when the AVL enabled39
SCP2Prescaler SCART, when the AVL enabled14
F1HHigh byte of frequency division ranges VHF1 and VHF3Only for the tuner with PLL (see Table 9).
F1LLow byte of frequency division ranges VHF1 and VHF3-
F2HHigh byte of frequency separation and UHF bands VHF3-
F2LLow byte of frequency separation and UHF bands VHF3-
BS1Byte range switch VHF1-
BS2Byte range switch VHF3-
BS3Byte switch in UHF-
CBControl byte (only for the tuner with PLL)-
OP1Option 1Optional peripheral devices (SCART, RCA, SVHS) (see Table 2.)
OP2Option 2Options adopted standards (see Table. 3)
OP3Option 3Videooptsii (see Table. 4)
OP4Option 4Options television performance (see Table. 5)
OP5Option 5Options channel table (see Table 6).
TXTOptions 1 TeletextTeletext option (see Table. 7)






Table 2
Bits OP1Appointment
BIT-7Not used
BIT-61 - shows the LF input AV-3 as the F-AV (RCA jacks on the front panel)
0 - indicates low input AV-3 as a B-AV (RCA connectors on the rear panel)
BIT-51 - returns back to TV after the last treatment AV (AV button on the remote)
BIT-41 - SVHS available
0 - SVHS not available
BIT-31 - RGB-enabled input
0 - RGB-input is turned off
BIT-21 - Input AV-3 are included
0 - Input AV-3 off
BIT-11 - Input AV-2 includes
0 - Input AV-2 Switch
BIT-01 - Input AV-1 includes
0 - Input AV-1 is off






Table 3
Bits OP2Appointment
BIT-71 - 3 button keypad (V-, P +, V +) 0 - 4/5-knopochnaya keyboard (V-, V +, P, P +, Menu)
BIT-61 - Standard L / L 'is enabled 0 - Standard L / L' is off
BIT-51 - Standard I enabled 0 - standard I turned off
BIT-41 - Standard DK enabled 0 - standard DK disabled
BIT-31 - Standard BG enabled 0 - Standard BG off
BIT-2Reserved
BIT-1Reserved
BIT-0Reserved






Table 4. Options: Video OCR
Bits ARIAppointment
BIT-7, BIT-6Xtal configuration (the configuration of quartz crystals)
00 - 1 cavity PAL 4,43 MHz
01 - 2 cavity PAL / NTSC 4,43 / 3,58 MHz
10 - 1 MHz resonator PAL/SECAM/NTSC4.43
11 - 2 cavity PAL / SEC / NTSC 4,43 / 3,58 MHz
BIT-51 - blue background with no signal in AV mode
0 - no background in the absence of signal in AV mode
BIT-41 - White Box On.
0 - White Box Off.
BIT-31 - blue background with no signal in TV mode
0 - no blue background in the TV-mode
BIT-21 - semi-transparent background to the menu OSD
0 - solid background in the OSD menu
BIT-11 - enabled stretching signal in the black
0 - off stretching signal in the black
BIT-01-APR ON
0 - APR OFF






Table 5. Option characteristics of the TV OR4
Bits OP5Appointment
BIT-71 - additional damping for the VST (150 ms)
0 - no additional quenching for VST
BIT-61 - sub-section "Programming" menu AUTOSTORE available
0 - sub-section "Programming" menu AUTOSTORE not available
BIT-5Not used
BIT-41 - there is a table of channels «French» (supported by the standard L / L ')
0 - Table channel «French» no
BIT-31 - there is a table of channels «French O5" (supported by the standard L / L ')
0 - Table channel «French OS» no
BIT-21 - there is a table of channels «England» (supported by the standard I / I ')
0 - Table channel «England» no
BIT-11 - there is a table of channels «East Europe» (supported by the standard B / G ')
0 - Table channel «East Europe» no
BIT-01 - there is a table of channels «West Europe» (supported by the standard DK)
0 - Table channel «West Europe» no






Table 6. Options channel tables OP5
Bits OP5Appointment
BIT-7
1 - additional damping for the VST (150 ms)
0 - no additional clearing for VST
In the IT-6
1 - sub-section "Programming" menu AUTOSTORE available
0 - sub-section "Programming" menu AUTOSTORE not available
BIT-5
Not used
BIT-4
1 - there is a table of channels «French» (supported by the standard L / L ')
0 - Table channel «French» no
BIT-3
1 - there is a table of channels «French O5" (supported by the standard L / L ')
0 - Table channel «French OS» no
BIT-2
1 - there is a table of channels «England» (supported by the standard 1 / T)
0 - Table channel «England» no
BIT-1
1 - there is a table of channels «East Europe» (supported by the standard B / G ')
0 - Table channel «East Europe» no
BIT-0
1 is a table of channels «West Europe» (supported by the standard OK)
0 - Table channel «West Europe» no








Table 7
Bits TX1Appointment
BIT-7
BIT-6
He used
BIT-5
BIT-4
BIT-3
Group of languages ​​Teletext
000 - Group 1 West (English, French, Swedish, Czech, German, Portuguese, Italian, Romanian)
001 - Group 2 West / East (Polish, French, Swedish, Czech, German, Serbian, Italian, Romanian)
010 - Group 3 West / Turkish (English, French, Swedish, Turkish, German, Portuguese, Italian, Romanian)
011 - Unit 4 West / Cyrilic (English, Cyrillic, Swedish, Czech, German, Serbian, Lithuanian, Romanian)
100 - Group 5 Arabic (English, French, Swedish, Turkish, German, Hebrew, Italian, Arabic)
Selecting the type of memory
BIT-2
BIT-1
BIT-0
000 - EPROM M6A
001 - ROM HSP
010 - ROMLESS HSP
011 - EPROM M6R
100 - ROM M6R
101 - OSD EPROM M6R
110 - ROM M6P
111 - Read Auto Gain Table for the device from EEPROM (automatic reading of a table setting for memory devices from EEPROM)






Table 8
Tuner TypeThe frequency separation of bands, MHz VHF1 and VHF3VHF3 and UHF
Philips UV1316SMK3 (1)
156,25
441,25
Thomson CTT5020 (2)
114,25
401,25
Samsung TECC2949PG28B (3)
170,25
465,25
Samsung TECC2949PG35B (4)
170,25
449,25
Alps TEDE9X226A (5)
142,25
425,25
Alps TEDE9-004A (6)
149,25
424,25






Table 9

Tuner Type(See Table 8.)Parameter valueF1HF1LF2HF2LBS1BS2BS3NE
1
00001100
00110010
00011110
00000010
00000001
00000010
00000100
10001110
2
00001001
10010010
00011011
10000010
00000011
00000010
10000101
10001110
3
00001101
00010010
00011111
10000010
00000001
00000000
00000100
10001110
4
00001101
00010010
00011110
10000010
00000001
00000010
00001000
10001100
5
00001011
01010010
00011101
00000010
00000000
00000010
00001000
10001110
6
00001011
11000010
00011100
11110010
00000001
00000010
00001000
10001110
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:25 am

Televisions Rolsen C2131, C2133, C2150
description of, adjustment in service mode and the characteristic fault




In the proposed submission to the readers will talk about the latest
line of televisions Pro Line Company ROLSEN, performed on modern
single-processor technology UOC (Ultimate One Chip). Examines in detail
the circuit design features of the chassis, working with television in
the service mode (input, output, the possible values ​​of all parameters
via the menu) and the failure of the practice of repair of the models.
Description of scheme


TV chassis is built on a single chip microcontroller DA101 (UOC)
TDA9353PS/N2 company PHILIPS. The microcontroller provides control of
TV, complete video processing and decoding of teletext. Details of the
microcontroller is given in [1].

The TV is a digital tuner A100 (KSH1440). Control signals for tuner digital bus I2C
filed with the pin. 2 and 3 UOC. The tuner is powered +5 V and +33 V
power source TV. 5 V produces stabilizer DA100 (LS7805CV) of the voltage
of 10 V and 33 V voltage - stabilizer VD101 R106 of the voltage 115 V.
With symmetric output tuner (vyv. 10 and 11) IF signal through a
bandpass IF filter ZQ100 (K2972M) arrives at a differential input
block-Video in the UOC (vyv. 23, 24). After demodulation, a mixture of
composite video signal and 2nd IF sound goes to the pin. 1938
microcontroller. Then the signal through the emitter follower VT101,
sound filtryprobki ZQ102, ZQ103 and repeater VT104 is fed to pin. 40 UOC
- input switch PTSTS. The other input switch (vyv. 42) enters the outer
PTSTS. The selected video signal is subjected to further processing in
the luminance and chrominance channels. After matrixing RGB signals are
output to the switch chip UOC. There's an RGB image signals can be
inserted into a menu or teletext signals. In addition, the external RGB
input switch can be supplied from the video connector, SCART (XC1).
Required to display the signal selected by the user and the output is
supplied to the switch pin. 5153 UOC, and then - on the video amplifier.

On the chassis used integrated video amplifier TDA6107Q (DA1). As
part of chip there are three wide-band (5.5 MHz), amplifier, output
transistors, which are made of high-technology DMOS. The device has a
scheme of stabilization of the dark current cathode TV tube, thermal
protection circuit, measuring the output for the circuit ABB (vyv. 5)
and is fed from a single source for 200 (comes from the line scan).
Information on the cathode currents (signal ABB) is applied to pin. 1950
microcontroller, thus providing automatic maintenance of the white
balance.
For switching of external video signals from the connectors on the
JACK (X14A) and SCART (XS1), used chip DA103 (HEF4053BP). Control signal
to switch pin. 6 UOC via VT108 key supplied to the pin. 912 DA103. The
output of integrated circuits (vyv. 15) External video is input to
switch UOC (vyv. 42).
Tract processing audio signal is contained in the chip UOC. Stereo
signal is separated from the IF signal and the input of the
multi-standard demodulator PCHZ with switchable center frequency (4.5 / 5
/ 5, 5/6/6, 5 MHz). Demodulator output - pin. 44 UOC. From this signal
is fed to one input of the sound processor DA102 (TDA9859) - pin. 3 and
5. TDA9859 chip contains:

  • voltage reference;
  • Interface I2C;
  • input switch with three inputs for stereo audio signals or six mono;
  • processor, and pseudo-stereo;
  • Bass tone control (-12 ... +15 dB) and high frequency (± 12 dB);
  • Volume Control (-63 ... +15 dB) and balance;
  • locking scheme of sound (-80 dB).

The first stereo sound processor (vyv. 3 and 5) used as mono. The
second (vyv. 1 and 32) and third (vyv. 28 and 30) input signals with
stereo audio connectors SCART (XS1) and JACK (X14: A). Input interface I2C
(vyv. 16 and 17) is connected to the same interface UOC (vyv. 2 and 3).
Chip is powered 8 (vyv. 6) from the power supply and consumes less than
25 mA.
From the outputs of integrated circuits (vyv. 15 and 18) the
processed sound signals are input to UMZCH - pin. 8 and 9, DA300
(TDA8944J). IC is a dual BTLusilitel (bridge amplifier with feedback)
power 7.2 W at 8 ohms at a voltage of 12 V. This voltage gain is 32 dB,
and distortion - no more than 10%. Control input circuit (vyv. 10)
allows you to change it in the following modes:

  • Standby, standby (Umode * = VSS0, 5);
  • Mute, blocking the sound (3
  • Operating, working (Umode <0,5 B).

The device has short circuit protection in load and overheating of the crystal.

With the differential outputs (vyv. 1, 4 and 14, 17 amp DA300) audio
signals are processed by the connectors X6, X10 and X14: B and then - on
the dynamic head, or on headphones. Where Umode - the voltage on the
pin. 10 TDA8944J


Generators, synchronization schemes and personnel line-scans, as well
as their output stages are implemented by the standard procedure,
described in detail in [2] and especially do not have. We note only that
the output of row clock HOUT - pin. 1933 microcontroller DA101, and
staffing and sawtooth pulses VDRB VDRA - pin. 21 and 22 of the same
chip. Output of the amplifier Vertical DA600 (TDA8357) is working on a
bridge circuit that allows connection coils operating personnel to the
outputs of integrated circuits (vyv. 4 and 7) without the separation of
the capacitor. The device has built-in protection against overheating
and short circuits in the load.
To power the chip UOC requires two sources:

  • 3,3 V, used to power the core (the digital part
    of IC). The voltage stabilizer is formed DA802 (L78L33ACZ) and fed to
    the pin. 61 UOC.
  • 8, is used to power other nodes chip (GPU,
    sinhroprotsessora, PWM, etc.). The voltage stabilizer is formed DA801
    (LM317T) and fed to the pin. 14 and 39 of the chip.

Preview cascade line scan on the transistor VT700 mode startup is
powered by 16 V power source, and in operation - 25 V voltage from the
line scan (coil 110 T701, VD713, C721). The output stage line scan on
the transistor VT702 is powered from 115 V power source.
With the secondary windings of the transformer removed row voltage
circuits kinescope - anode, accelerating and focusing, filament voltage
and the voltage required for other sites:

  • 200 (coil 58 T701, VD711, C714) - powered chip video amplifier DA1 on board the kinescope;
  • 45 V (coil 910 T701, VD714, C723) - power amplifier GO Vertical-chip DA600;
  • 16 V (coil 110 T701, VD713, C721) - power amplifier Vertical DA600 driver and line scan.

With the S723 capacitor connected to the pin. 7 row transformation of
the torus T701, removed signal to the kinescope beam current of ABL,
which is a buffer stage to the transistor VT103 comes to pin. 49 UOC.
When exceeding the nominal value of beam current video processor chip is
limited brightness and contrast.
The same signal ABL is used to control high voltage (EHT). The signal
from the divider R145 R146 enters the pin. 1936 microcontroller. When
exceeding its nominal high voltage values ​​(28 ± 1,5 kV) TV goes into
protection mode.
Power supply TV implemented the scheme pulse converter with a control
PWM controller DA800 (UC3842AN) and power switches on the FET VT800
(STK4NK60ZFP). Chip operates at a fixed frequency, about 30 kHz, which
is determined by the face value chain R809 C812, connected to its pin.
4. Chip operates on the principle of "start timer", ie output stage
(power switch and the converter) is activated a signal from the internal
oscillator, and switched off the signal feedback circuit. In the mode
for starting the converter chip powered (vyv. 7) from the power
rectifier through a resistor R808, and in operation - from the winding
17 of pulse transformer T800. The same coil is used to adjust the output
voltage of the converter. Voltage through a rectifier VD802 S803 is
input to the amplifier error signal (vyv. 2), the second input is
connected to a source of reference voltage inside the chip. Pulsed
current through the power switch VT800 is limited at about 3 A. The
signal is formed by constraints on the resistors R816R818 and through
resistor R813 to the input control scheme - pin. 3 DA800.
The output of the source with the help of half-wave rectifier formed
stabilized constant voltage 115, 15, 12, 9, 8 and 3,3 V. Voltage 8 and
3,3 additionally stabilized by integral stabilizers DA801 and DA802.

Stabilizer DA801 - controlled type LM317T. It is used to implement
standby TV. In this mode, the power supply continues to run, but the
stabilizer DA801 off the signal from the pin. 1 UOC (low level -
active). As a result, power to the analog part of the UOC is not active
and therefore does not work line-scan and all the sites that feed from
it.
Adjusting the TV in service mode


In service mode televisions can enter through the service remote
control (RC), if it exists, or when a staff strength of the RC. In the
second case, you must:

  • reduce the volume to zero;
  • on the remote control button «MENU»;
  • the menu that appears select the icon "suitcase";
  • consistently push the button "5", "1" and "7";
  • press the green button on the remote control.


A list of all available options the service menu shown in the table.
To select and adjust them using the cursor button remote control. To
exit the service menu you must press the button «TV / AV» button on the
remote. In the non-volatile memory chip records all user-entered
adjustment.

Description of the service menu settings

Settings geometric image parameters


Geometric picture settings are divided into two types:

  • settings for TVs without correction "vostokzapad» (UOC without this site). These include options HS, VSH, VA, VS, SC;
  • settings for TVs with correction "vostokzapad.
    These include all of the above parameters and additionally the
    following: HP, HB, EW, PW, UCP, LCP, TC, VX.

Option NSO With it, select the type of compensation to the
image size depending on changes in the beam current. If set to NCB = 1,
then compensation is made vertically and horizontally for TVs with
correction "vostokzapad.

Parameter CL With it, the installation is the total gain at
the outputs R, G, B video processor (UOC). The value of this parameter
depends on the type of picture tube.

Parameter Y With it set the value of the required delay the
luminance signal. The value of this parameter depends on the conditions
of the TV (terrestrial or cable signal).

Parameter IFO With its help to fine-tune PLL channel drive to ensure a minimum penetration of the image signal in the audio path.

Parameter Vg2 With the help of the accelerating voltage is
regulated to control the accuracy of the software configuration and
results display settings on the TV screen. Adjust the accelerating
voltage by a potentiometer Screen to lowercase before the transformer is
on the screen of zero. If the icon is>, then it means that the
accelerating voltage is large and needs to be reduced. In the case of
the icon display should be increased.

Options BLOR and BLOG Using them is regulated by the color temperature for the field of black.

Options WPR, WPB, WPG Using them is regulated by the color temperature for the region of light.

Parameter AGC With it set the reference voltage IF AGC tract. Requires selection of a new value when changing the type tuner.

Parameter VOL With it set a fixed level audio signal to the
pin. 44 UOC using sound processor TDA9859/60. The default value is 48.
This provides roughly the same level of the signal to an external audio
signal (AV) deviation with you often 27 kHz.

Parameter EVG With it turned on or off alarm lock outputs RGB
video processor. Signal an emergency condition is the lack of personnel
or their clock discrepancy certain requirements.

Parameter XDT With it turned on or off protection from X-ray
(XRAY). Signal for the protection operation is the appearance on the
pin. 36 UOC pulse of not less than 1 microsecond and an amplitude of
more than 3.5 V. In this case the television in standby mode. By
default, XDT = 1, ie protection is enabled.

Parameter BCF With it turned on or off scheme ABB.

Parameter OSO With it chooses the one off the field sweep.
When installing the OSO in state 1 off the TV in standby mode will be
accompanied by beam leads to the upper area of ​​the wound with a
discharge equivalent to a kinescope DC.

Parameter AGN With it turned on or off the amplification of sound signal from pin. 44 and 22 UOC.

Parameter IE2 Using it is permitted or prohibited the use of
external signals RGB (vyv. 45 ... 48 UOC). If IE2 = 1, then in this
case, the configuration can be used by the TV RGB signals from external
sources.

Parameter ACL This technological option can be used for
measurement purposes. Not recommended to install ACL = 1 for the color
system of SECAM.

Option IF With it installed the drive. For standard OIRT should set IF = 3, indicating 38 MHz IF.

Parameter AV2 With it set up the TV configuration, providing a
connection to one or two external sources - AV1 and AV2. Installing AV2
= 1 defines two external signal source.

Parameter AVS With it set up the TV configuration, providing a
connection source to SVHS. To configure the TV to the presence of input
S VHS to set the parameters of the AV2 = 1, and AVS = 1.

Parameter INS With this option by switching on / off the scale
of the volume for the headphones. Adjusting the volume of headphones
required when using audio processor TDA9860 with optional audio power
amplifier.

Parameter FSL With it set the trigger level. If the FSL = 0,
then the trigger level is determined automatically (depending on the
detector noise). If the FSL = 1, then the trigger level to a fixed and
equal to 60% of the amplitude of the clock.

Parameter TSL With it sets a lower limit of the range MB1 (in MHz). With this value to start searching for channels in that range.

Parameter TSM With it set the border ranges MB1 and MV3 (in MHz). This value comes from the technical documentation used by the tuner.

Parameter TSH With it set the border ranges MV3 and UHF (in
MHz). This value comes from the technical documentation used by channel
selector.

Parameter THE With it set the upper limit of the range of UHF (in MHz). This completes the frequency search channels in the UHF band.

Parameter TBL With it installed the code range selector MB1. This value is in the technical documentation used by the tuner.

Parameter TBM With it installed the code range selector MV3. This value is in the technical documentation used by the tuner.

Option TBH With it installed the code to select a range UHF. This value is in the technical documentation used by channel selector.

Parameter STEP With it set the minimum tuning step selector
channels. Parameter value is in the technical documentation used by the
tuner. By default, STEP = 1 (for most used selections) determines the
pitch adjustment 62.5 kHz.

Parameter DEL With his help establish the relative time
required to complete the transition processes in the tuner. Value is set
by experience, achieving a maximum speed of search with the best
quality (no pass channels, the minimum number of false channels).

Parameter RES With it initializes the contents of the EEPROM
chip. To do this, hold the menu button on the remote control. After
completion of the initialization TV in standby mode. As a result, the
initialization is to remove all previously installed options, and then
made a record of all the default values. With the new EEPROM after the
TV is automatically initialized.

Parameter TonS With this option will enable or disable the
volume control with automatic adjustment of high and low tones at levels
that exceed the value of 73% of the volume bar.

Parameter BVg2 With it set to brightness, necessary for carrying out procedures for adjusting the accelerating voltage in any way.

Parameter LINE With it set the accelerating voltage. When
cursor is on the line LINE and pressing the buttons "+" or "-" on the RC
bits to be installed VSD, VSW and loading values ​​of brightness, set
in a row BVg2.

Parameter LOGO With it turned on or off the screen saver,
which appears in about eight seconds after the signal loss at the
entrance to the TV or when switching to a program in which currently
there is no signal. In the user menu an opportunity to disable the
screen saver.

Parameter TEST With it turned on or off the system testing of
individual devices, the TV turn it on. During testing, the screen shows
the following message:


  • Test POWER - to check if the supply voltage 8 V.
  • Test BUS - checking of the channel selector and EEPROM.
  • Test SYS - check if a TV signal on the established program.

In the case of unsatisfactory test any of the nodes in each case,
the message appears NG red. After the test appears to communicate TEST
NG.


In the case of a positive test any of the devices in each case, the message OK. After the test message appears TEST OK.

In the user menu, it is possible to disable the testing system.
Faults TV identified in the practice of repair


Quite a lot of faults in TVs ROLSEN associated with defects or
malfunctioning chip nonvolatile memory. Manifestations of such a failure
may be different: the TV does not turn on (although all the elements of
power and signal are OK on the inclusion of the UOC is), there is no
admission to one of the ranges do not work the buttons on the front
panel or remote control does not work one of the settings (volume , yar
bones, etc.) is not working low input. Therefore, to facilitate the
search not serviceable in the first place it is desirable to overwrite
the EEPROM chip, or install a new chip with a standard "firmware." Need
firmware version can be found on the Internet, for example at the forum
site [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذا الرابط]

Rolsen S2131 TV does not turn the LED on the front panel is not lit

Voltage 300 V for VT800 stock transistor is on, but control pulses at
the gate no. Checking mode circuits, DC-DA800 showed that instead of 5 V
pin. 8 voltage is 1.7 V, ie faulty reference voltage inside the chip.
Replacement chip fix the defect.

Rolsen S2133 On the bright parts of the picture image "breaks"
appear "toffees" - from yarkobelogo fragment stretches a dark trail.
Defect is manifested not always, on all channels

After submission of the test signal (black-box) and control signals
with an oscilloscope revealed that the shape of the signal at the pin.
38 UOC normal, and the pin. 40 observed distortions in the bright
fragments. The reason turned out to be a drain coupling capacitor C141
(0,047 uF).

Rolsen S2150 TV turns itself every 2 ... 3 o'clock in standby mode. After re-enable some time to work and off again

Standard diagnostic procedures (heating hairdryer boards and
mechanical action on it) did not reveal any defect. It turned out that
from time to time breaks resistor R817 (1 ohm) in the "hot" part of the
IP source and switches to protection. After replacing the resistor, the
defect will no longer appear.

Troubleshooting a second TV with the same faulty result is not given.
After a slight decrease in the accelerating voltage regulator Screen to
lowercase transformer defect will no longer appear. Apparently, from
time to time include protection against X-rays.

Rolsen S2131 Not adjust the volume in all modes (operation of
the tuner or low input), while on the OSD user control display appears
and level changes

Defect was caused by malfunction of the sound processor DA102 (TDA9859).

Rolsen S2150 Seen on the screen line reverse field sweep, and in the middle part - zigzag stripe down

Replacement chip Vertical TDA8357J to nothing lead. With detailed
verification of elements revealed that the resistor R608 (330 ohm) in
the cliff. After replacing the defect will no longer appear.




Parameter list service menu

Name of the parameter-The range of values ​​(default)AppointmentNote
HS0...63 (32)Horizontal offsetUOC without correcting the east-west "
VSH0...63 (32)Vertical offset
VA0...63 (32)Vertical dimension
VS0...63 (32)Vertical linearity
SC0...63 (32)S-screen correction
HP0...63 (32)Horizontal parallelogramUOC-adjusted "east-west"
HB0...63 (32)The slope of the horizontal
EW0...63 (32)Horizontal Size
PW0...63 (32)Parabola
UCP0...63 (32)Parabola in the upper corners
LCP0...63 (32)Parabola in the lower corners
TC0...63 (32)Trapeze
VX0...63 (25)Increase (ZOOM) Vertical
HCO0,1(1)Compensation size images0 - only on a vertical 1 - vertically and horizontally
CL0...15 (5)Adjusting the cutoff voltage at the cathodes of CRT0-50 in 7-75 in 15 - 95 V (3,5 step)
Y0...15 (7)The delay of the luminance signal
IFO0...63 (32)Adjusting PLL channel IF
Vg2<, 0, >Adjust the accelerating voltage Vg2Indication on the screen: 0 - Vg2 configured; <- increase Vg2;> - reduce Vg2
BLOR0...63 (32)The level of "black" at the cathode channel red
VLOG0...63 (32)The level of "black" at the cathode channel green
WPR0...63 (32)Sweep signal at the cathode channel red
WPG0...63 (32)Sweep signal at the cathode channel green
WPB0...63 (32)Sweep signal at the cathode channel is blue
AGC0...63 (32)Adjusting AGC tract IF
VOL0...63 (45)fixed amplitude of the sound signal (vyv. 44 UOC)If there are chips TDA9859/60
EVG0,1(1)Lock RGB output with no clock staffing at the pin. 50 UOC0 - disabled 1 - enabled
XDT0,1(1)X-RAY Protection (vyv. 36 UOC)0 - disabled 1 - enabled
BCF0,1(1)Management scheme of automatic white balance (ABB)0 - disabled 1 - enabled
OSO0,1(1)Way off the field sweep0 - beam into any part of the screen 1 - beam at the top of the screen
AGN0,1(1)Strengthening the FM-demodulator0 - normal 1 - + 6 dB
IE20,1(1)Manage external RGB signals0 - no RGB 1 - there is a RGB
ACL0,1(0)Automatically limit the levels of color signals (for SECAM not include)0 - ACL off 1-ACL enabled
IF02, 03 (03)Frequency inverter02-38,9 MHz 03 MHz -38.0
AGCs00...03 (01)Installation speed AGC channel selector00 - 0.7 of normal rate
01 - normal speed 02 - 3-time rate of 03 - 6-fold rate
FFI0,1(0)Filter time IF PLL0 - normal 1 - Enhanced
PF00...03 (01)Central frequency adjustment definition00 - 2.7 MHz 01 - 3.1 MHz, 02-3,5 MHz 03 - reserve
RPO00...03 (02)The emissions of the pulse luminance signal to adjust the definition00-1:1 01 - 1:1,25 02-1:1,5 03-1:1,8
BKS0,1(1)Black Level Correction in abnormal (distorted) signals0 - disabled 1 - enabled
AV20,1(1)Sources AV0-AV 1 - AV1 + AV2
AVS0,1(0)Channel S-VHS0 - the source of S-VHS 1 - AVS is in AV2 = 1
INS0,1(0)Adjusting the volume of headphones (with optional UMZCH)0 - No 1 - is
EYE0,1(0)feature "The Eye"0 - disabled 1 - enabled
FSL0,1(0)The level of synchronization0 - automatically 1 - 60% of the amplitude of the SI
TSL45The lower limit of the range MB1
TSM155The border ranges of MB1 and cost center
TSH451The border ranges of cost centers and DMV
TEH863Upper limit of the UHFInstallation for the tuner
TBL1The code range selector MB1
IBM2The code range selector Mil
TBH4Code to select a range UHF
STEP0,1(1)Tuning step selector channels0-50 kHz 1 - 62,5 kHz
DELOO ... FF (14)Relative time of the transient processes in the tunerChosen empirically
RES-Initialize non-volatile memory (EEPROM)Hold the MENU button on the remote control
HTL0,1(0)Mode "Hotel"0 - disabled 1 - enabled
TXT0,1(0)The presence of teletext0 - disabled 1 - enabled
TonC0,1(0)Loudness0 - disabled 1 - enabled
BVg20...63 (32)Normalized level of brightness for adjusting the accelerating voltage-
LINE-On / off control of the accelerating voltageHorizontal bar
LOGO0,1(0)Screen saver with logo0 - disabled 1 - enabled
TEST0,1(0)Testing of Power, Bus, Sys when you turn on your TV0 - disabled 1 - enabled
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:28 am

Televisions Rolsen C1420 and Rolsen C2120 - inside view





Company Rolsen recently appeared on the Russian market. But in this
short period of ee production is widespread. Unlike other manufacturers,
the company has its own production in Russia. Bestsellers
companies - TV sets with screen sizes 14 and 21 inches. On them will be
discussed in this article.
Consider the device, adjusting and repairing televisions «Rolsen
S1420/S2120. Both - The main technical characteristics are presented in Table TV. 1.


Table 1

FeaturesDescription
Diagonal screen size, cm37/53
Television StandardsD / K, B / G
Color SystemsSECAM; PAL - 4,43 MHz; NTSC-3, 58 MHz; NTSC-4, 43 MHz; PAL-N; PAL-M
Frequency RangeVHF-L: channels E2-E4 (47.75 ... 167.0 MHz); VHF-H: channels E5 ...
E12 (167.0 ... 470.0 MHz); UHF: E21 channels .. . E69 (470.0 ... 870.0
MHz) cable channels: the ranges S1 - S20; Hyper Band: S21-S41
Power110 270 V, 50 Hz AC
Power consumption, W70/100
Power output audio channel, W10
Antenna input impedance, Ohm75, unbalanced



Chassis design and operation principle


The chassis consists of three boards: the main (Main-board), CRT
board (Y-board) and board with Input / Output LF (AV-board). Consider
the paths passing audio and video, as well as the basic elements of
their treatment.
Video channels
For receiving and processing television signals using analog tuner
A101 type TDQ-5B6M. To control the tuner to its inputs VT, BL, BH, BU
receives signals from the microcontroller (MC) N001. To the input
voltage is VT tuner settings. It is formed from the voltage 33 V with a
filter V001, S003, S118, RT01, R007, controlled PWM signal MC (vyv. 2).
Voltage settings varied from 0.5 to 30, which allows to reconstruct the
frequency of administration within a selected range. Bands VHF-L, VHF-H,
UHF selected supply of high potential (5 V) to the corresponding input
tuner BL, BH, BU. To this end, the keys are used VE01-VE03, which
manages the MC with the pin. 8-10. AGC signal that is required to
maintain the output signal IF tuner to the required level, forms a chip
N201 (vyv. Cool. He served on the pin. Tuner AGC through a filter RE06,
RE05, R108, SE05, S117. To power the tuner to its pin. BM fed voltage of
5 V.
The output IF signal frequency of 38.9 MHz removed from the pin. IF
tuner and a clipboard on the transistor V102 comes in a bandpass filter
Z101, form the necessary response channel intermediate frequency.
Antiphase signal output from the filter to the input circuits N201 -
pin. 6, 7.
Further signal processing is performed N201 chip type TB1238AN. The
structure of chips includes tracts the drive image and sound-Video,
audio demodulator, sinhroselektor, AGC, AFC, sihroprotsessor, color
decoder PAL / NTSC and the video processor. Circuit controlled by a
digital bus I Po2C (vyv. 26, 27) signals the microcontroller
N001 (vyv. 37, 38). C-Video output (vyv. 1947 N201) and full-color video
signal of the 2 nd IF V202 buffers are fed to the inputs of filters
L2O5 Z204, and L207 Z202, which was isolated from the video IF signal
sound. Depending on the standard audio IC Po bus I2C via the
switch N202 includes the necessary filter in the chain of transmission
of video. The output switch (13 vyv. N202) video signal is input to the
decoder chip color N201 (vyv. 43). If the video is encoded in the color
system SECAM, it is treated with an external decoder - IC N203 type
TA1275Z. To this end, the video signal from pin. 35 N201 buffered V201
comes to pin. 13 and 15, N203. On the pin. 17 N203 served super
sandcastle with the SCP pin. 34 N201. Imprint color difference signals
of the decoder are removed from the pin. 3 and 5 and are fed for further
processing on a chip N201. Video processor chip N201 has a switch
RGB-signals. On the external input switch (vyv. 13-16) served video
"frame" images of OSD, which generates MK (vyv. 22-25). Weekend
RGB-signals are removed from the pin. 18-20 N201 chip and through the
connector XS808 coming on board kinescope.
The board placed CRT output video amplifier. All three channels are
collected Po identical to the one-nokaskadnoy scheme and features are
not. Unfortunately, the scheme does not provide for the stabilization of
dark vogotoka ray picture tube. Video outputs via tokoogra-nichitelnye
resistors R917-R919 fed to the cathode of kinescope. To supply video
amplifier PCB CRT receives voltage 190.12 and 9 V.
Audio path
As already noted, the sound signal is processed in the chip N201.
Signal of the second IF sound removed from the pin. 1947 N201 and V202
through the buffers and the V204 is the input filter Z202, Z204, Z205,
Z207, Z208, forming the AFC IF sound channel. Desired filter is included
in the chain of transmission of sound IF signal through a switch N202,
managed MK Po bus I2C. The output IF signal from the audio switch (vyv.
3) for further processing on the chip N201 (vyv. 53). Depending on the
operating mode of the TV to the output circuits N201 passes the signal
from the demodulator sound or audio signal from audio input, which is
served with a connector pin on XSA03. 55 N201. Sound signal is removed
from the pin. 2 N201 and the input of UMZCH - pin. 7 N601 type TDA 2611A
(Power Output - 5 watts), with the output of which (vyv. 2) through a
connector XSA10 comes to TV speakers.
To block the sound IC generates a high potential for pin. 4, which
through the diode D005 and V602 provides the key input circuit UMZCH
closes on the common. Scheme of the transistor V503 to lock the sound to
the onset of the image.
UMZCH N601 is powered 18 V (vyv. 1) from the power source TV (IP).
Sinhroprotsessor, frame and line scan
For the work and personnel line-scans sinhroprotsessor N201 chip generates trigger pulse.
Sinhroprotsessor is powered 9 B.
Trigger pulse line scan with a pin. 1932 N201 comes to the driver
V501 and its output - the output cascade of line scan on the elements of
V502, T100 TDKS. The output stage forms a deflection current in the
coils of row H-COIL (connected through a connector XSA07), voltage video
amplifier (190) and other units of the scheme (5.14 and -27 V).
Consistently with the lower coils included S-correction capacitors
raster S512 and S515. Capacitors S504 and S505 are connected to the
collector of the transistor V502, define the time reversal (TC) line
scan, which means - the size of the raster Po horizontally. Linearity Po
horizontally adjustable coil L506. Flyback pulses to synchronize the
line scan are removed from the winding 4.10 TDKS T100 and Po chain R512,
G518, R511 fed to pin. 30 N201. To synchronize the images with the OSD
winding 7.4 TDKS T100 shot pulses OX and through divider R509 S514, R510
fed to pin. 26 N001. Horizontal Scan Power supply 24 and 115, formed
the source of TV power.
Vremyazadayuschy capacitor oscillator Vertical S219 is connected to
the pin. 22 IC N201. Staffing sawtooth pulses are removed from the pin.
24 N201 chip and fed to the output stage Vertical - chip N401 type
TA8403. This device contains a power amplifier, the pulse generator
circuit TC and thermal protection. K ee out (vyv. 2) connected via a
connector XSA07 staffing coil OS V-COIL. To stabilize the size of the Po
vertically from the resistor R410, in the circuit staff coils off the
voltage feedback circuit Po S408 S407 R403 is fed to pin. 23 N201. The
same signal is used by the scheme on the elements of V504-V509, forming a
correction signal "east-west". To synchronize the different nodes of
the MC (in particular, images OSD) pulses GO Vertical with the pin. 7
N401 V010 via the inverter fed to the pin. 27 MR. S405 serves as a
capacitor to double the voltage output stage during the reverse field
sweep. This is to ensure the desired duration and rate of rise of the
deflection current during the reverse field sweep.
For the schemes current limiting rays (ABL) and the automatic loss of
kontastnosti (ACL) S520 from the capacitor in series with secondary
winding TDKS T100, relieves stress, proportional to the current ray
picture tube. It charges the capacitor S218. If the voltage across it
falls below a certain value, called a diode D204 and the pin. 1921 N201
(ABCL) is formed by a low potential, which leads to the triggering
circuits ABL and ACL.
Microcontroller
The basis of the TV is a TV microcontroller N001 type TMP87CM38N firm
TOSHIBA-based 8-bit processor. The device has a 32 KB ROM, 1 KB of RAM,
six 8-bit ADC, two interfaces I2C. For the initial dumping
sites in the ee chip pin. 33, with the power scheme on the transistor
V002 is formed by the signal RESET-negative pulses. Microcontroller
synchronizes internal oscillator whose frequency is stabilized by a
quartz resonator VS01 (10 MHz) connected to the pin. 31 and 32 of the
chip. Configuration parameters and values ​​of the operational
adjustments are stored in nonvolatile memory type AT24S08 N002, which is
connected to the first interface I2C (vyv. 5, 6). The second interface I2C
(vyv. 37, 38) connected to chip N201. To pin. 16 and 17 N001 connected
to the control panel button, and a pin. 35 - photodetector IR01.
To switch to IP in the standby mode microcontroller N001 forms a high
potential on the pin. 7, which offers key V805 and N801 cathode coupler
is connected to GND. As a result, stops working usiliteloshibki the
transistor V806 and IE starts working in the mode of minimum power
consumption.
The microcontroller is powered from 5 V linear regulator for cell D828, V801.
Power supply
IP TV generates constant stabilized voltage 115/130, 24.18 and 5 and
realized Po pulse converter scheme, based on - on the oscillator
transistor V804 and pulse transformer T804. In a positive feedback
circuit (PIC) is winding 2.1 T804 and elements R808 and S816 attached to
the base of the transistor V804. These elements determine the operating
frequency of the transducer. To run the converter serves as a chain of
R804-R806, connected between the output power rectifier circuit base
V804. To stabilize the output voltage using a feedback loop on the
elements of V806, N801, V802. Node on the elements of V806, D812
monitors the supply voltage line scan 115 and generates the error
signal, which after isolation (optocoupler N801) manages the site on the
transistors V802, V803. This node modifies the duration of control
pulses on the basis of V804, which leads to the stabilization of the
output voltage PI. Secondary channels are not features, except that the 5
V (used to power the IC in the standby and operating modes) generated
by a linear regulator for cell D828, V801.
Electrically adjustable


Before the operation include a TV, and heated it for 15 ... 20 minutes.
To carry out electrical adjustments need the following equipment:

  • TV signal generator (eg, LASPI-2);
  • oscilloscope with a bandwidth of no less than 50 MHz;
  • static kilovoltmeter;
  • digital multimeter (for example, DT890B);
  • CRT degaussing unit (outer loop degaussing).

Control supply voltages

  1. Connect a digital voltmeter to the positive conclusion of the condenser S822.
  2. Sets the minimum contrast and brightness.
  3. Variable resistor RV801 set voltage 115/130 V (depending on the diagonal of your TV).

Adjusting the HRA

  1. Serve IF signal (38.9 MHz) "color bars" on the pin. IF tuner, the A101.
  2. Rotate the core circuit L103 before pictures "color bars" on the screen.
  3. In the service menu, choose option SELF VCO (on the order of the service mode - see below).
  4. Click on the service console button AFT OK.
  5. After a few seconds appears on the screen «AFT OK».

Adjusting AGC

  1. Served on the antenna input of the TV signal from the generator of television signals (level ~ 62 dB, frequency - 69 channel).
  2. Connect a digital voltmeter between common wire and pin. AGC Tuner A101.
  3. In the service menu, choose option RAGC.
  4. Set the value equal to 3F and determine the
    current voltmeter. Then reduce the value RAGC before the fall of the
    voltmeter readings at 0.4 C below the previous value. Obtained with this
    value RAGC optimally, if it does not increase noise.

Adjusting the geometry

  1. Served on the antenna input of TV test signal generator with a grid on a dark background. "
  2. Included in the service menu and using the parameters VLIN, HPOS, HITS, VP50 achieve minimal distortion of the raster.
  3. If necessary, adjust the S-correction matrix (such as barrel distortion) by using the VSC.

White Balance
Note: before this, you need to demagnetize picture tube with an external loop degaussing.

  1. Turn off the blue background in the user menu, disconnect the antenna.
  2. Enter the service mode.
  3. Set the value RCUT, GCUT and BCUT to 80, GDRV and BDRV - 45, a BRTS - JI.
  4. Sets the minimum brightness and contrast.
  5. Establish a regulator to lowercase SCREEN transformer so that the raster was barely visible.
  6. Connect a voltmeter between the common wire and pin G2 on the board and measure the voltage of the kinescope.
  7. Adjust SCREEN reduce voltmeter at 25 V.
  8. In the user menu, set the brightness and contrast in the middle position.
  9. In the service menu, set the value for the F6 option BRTS.
  10. Served on the antenna input TV signal generator "black and white stripes.
  11. In the service menu and set parameters GCUT BCUT a minimum value, a RCLJT - in the middle.
  12. In the user menu, set the brightness and contrast to minimum position.
  13. On the service panel push button LINE, You should see a yellow line.
  14. Changing values ​​and GCUT BCUT, seeking a white line.
  15. Turn off and turn on the TV.
  16. Selects the color saturation, brightness and contrast.

Adjusting subyarkosti

  1. Served on the antenna input TV signal generator "color bars".
  2. In the user menu, set the brightness and contrast to minimum position.
  3. In the service menu, set the value of BRTS so that the brightest band was barely visible.

Service mode


Install the factory settings
TV service mode by using a special remote control that comes apart
for service organizations. To enter the service menu, click on its
button «D» (service mode). Then use "P" and "+ R" choose the option that
the service menu. To change values ​​use "-" button and "+". Button "p /
s" includes a mode in which the available options related to
adjustments of geometry, color, brightness, contrast, AFT and AGC. The
main parameters controlled in this mode, have direct access to the
appropriate buttons and do not require the inclusion of the service mode
«D». The button with the numerical value (eg GCUT +10), when you change
the value in accordance with the numerical value (+10). If necessary, a
more accurate parameter change is necessary to use "-" button and "+".
When replacing some elements of the TV (CRT, TDKS, chips N001, N002,
N201, N401) is necessary to make compliance control parameters the
service menu factory defaults (see Table 2) and set up the required
values.
Autotest
When you turn on the TV there is an automatic testing of the following sites TV:

  • POWER (Food);
  • BUS (Data bus interface I2C);
  • SYNC (Bus synchronization interface I2C).

Consider how a test of these sites and what can be done to fix the problems.
Power
MK N001 controls the voltage stability 9, 18, 24 and 115 V. In normal
operation, a constant potential on pin. 1918 N001 (PROTECT) is +5 V. If
one of the controlled stress disappears, the constant potential on pin.
18 becomes lower than +3 V Starts working voltage control scheme, which
includes the count of the total length of the potential drop at the
pin. 18 N001 below 3 V. The total time of the fall is displayed at the
end of the line «POWER». While the potential drop at the pin. 18 below
three in one second equals 16 units in number, is displayed in the
«POWER». Since the maximum count is 128, the maximum voltage drops below
3 V, fixed by a meter, equal to 8. Zero the counter is triggered only
when the protection and automatic turn the TV off (this happens with the
loss of a controlled stress for 8 sec). In this case, the counter is
reset at the end of the line is displayed "000" (green). All other
numbers in a row «POWER» are highlighted in red, while at the end of the
fourth row «AUTO TEST» message «NG» red. The next change colors of
characters on the green, and reset the counter to happen again in the
triggering of protection and automatic turn the TV off.


Table 2


Po number orderDesignation of the parameterThe parameter Po defaultParameter description
1RCUT83Reject Red
2GCUTD8Cutoff green
3BCUT85Cutoff blue
4GDRV49Enhancing green
5BDRV49Strengthening of the blue
6CNTXFORThe level of maximum contrast
7BRTC47The average value of brightness
8COLC30The mean value of adjustable color (NTSC)
9TNTC3AThe mean value of adjustable shade
10COLP33The mean value of adjustable color (PAL)
11COLS2EThe mean value of adjustable color (SECAM)
12SCNT0EContrast Adjustment
InCNTC2BThe mean value of the contrast adjustment
14CNTN6The minimum value of the contrast
15BRTX23The level of maximum brightness
16BRTN21The minimum value of brightness
17COLX25The level of maximum chroma
18COLN0Level of the minimum color
19TNTX28Subottenok - max (difference)
20TNTN30Subottenok - minimum (difference)
21ST39The mean value of adjustable-definition (3,58 NTSC TV)
22SV39The mean value of adjustable-definition (3,58 NTSC AV)
23ST49The mean value of adjustable-definition
24SV410The central importance of clarity
25SHPX12The level of maximum clarity
26SHPN5The minimum value of HD
27THSH2AThe level of maximum contrast teletext
28RGCN1EThe minimum value of contrast teletext
29VM02CNot regulated
30VM100Not regulated
31HPOS06Po horizontal displacement (50 Hz)
32VP5003Po vertical displacement (50 Hz)
33HIT16Size Po vertical (50 Hz)
34HPS4Horizontal position Po (50/60 Hz)
35VP600Po vertical displacement (60 Hz)
36HITS2Vertical size of Po (50/60 Hz)
37VUNOSPo vertical linearity
38VSC8S-correction Po vertical
39VLISFFPo vertical linearity (50/60 Hz)
40DPC0Not regulated
41DPCS0Not regulated
42KEY0Not regulated
43KEYS0Not regulated
44WID0Not regulated
45WIDS0Not regulated
46VCP0Not regulated
47CNR0Not regulated
48HCP0Not regulated
49SBY8SECAM, control B-Y
50SRY8SECAM, adjust R-Y
51RAGC21Adjusting AGC
52AFT27Automatic frequency (PIF VCO)
53HAFC0Strengthening the chain of HRA
54V253E25% volume
55V504A50% volume
56BRTS04Subyarkost (difference)
57VM200Not regulated
58MOD040Not regulated
59M0D116Not regulated
60MOD2OSNot regulated
61SELF00TV 1238N P04 OUT SEL
62SELF VCO80Setting the initial value of auto-adjust the VCO
63SELF AGC69Setting the initial value of auto-adjust AGC
64SELFBRTC75Setting the initial value of auto-adjust the brightness
65SELFCNTC23Setting the initial value of auto-adjust CNTC
66SELFTNTC00Setting the initial value of auto-adjust hue
67SELF COLC20Setting the initial value of auto-adjust COLC
68LOGO00Not regulated
69LANG02Not regulated
70IF FREQ03Not regulated
71BBCUT00Not regulated
72OSD02The location of the OSD menu
73OPT04Not regulated

Can be forced to reset counter and reset the number in the line (in
this case it turns green). To do this, turn on the TV and close the pin.
18 N001 through resistor 3 k on a common wire for 8 sec. After this
time, work protection and the TV turns off automatically.
After that, you must remove the installed jumper. When you turn on
the TV at the end of the line «POWER» will show the code "000" green. If
in the line «BUS» and «SYNC» message will be "OK", then the fourth line
will show the «AUTO TEST: OK».
Bus
If the data bus interface I2C is working by the end of the
line «BUS» lights green sign "OK". In other cases (errors, failures,
faults), the color of message in this line will be red (Table 3).




Table 3

NodeError CodePossible Causes
BUSQ04SCL signal level below an acceptable
BUSQ05SDA signal level below an acceptable
BUSQ06Circuit between a signal SCL and SDA
BUSQ07EEPROM chip is faulty (N002)
BUSQ08TB1238AN faulty chip (N001)
BUSQ09The position of ORT in the service mode is set incorrectly
BUSQ10Position «VM1» in the service mode is set incorrectly
BUSQ11Position «MODE» in the service mode is not installed correctly
BUSQ12Installed video processor TV1231
BUSQ04The intermediate frequency is equal to 38.9 MHz
BUSQ05IF signal level significantly above or below the norm



Sync
If the bus synchronization interface I2C is working
properly, at the end of the line «SYNC» autotest mode symbol appears in
the "OK" green. In the absence of synchronization in this line appears
«NG» red.
Typical faults and their solutions


Does not complete the self test, the TV does not work
Determine the faulty node (see description of "self test") and eliminate the cause.
TV does not turn the POWER indicator on the front panel is not lit, the fuse F801 blows
Disconnect the TV from the network, and an ohmmeter check for a short
circuit elements degaussing network filter, rectifier: T801, S801,
S802, RT801, RT802, D803-D806, S808-S814. If these items are OK, then
check with an ohmmeter transistor V804. Capacitor S819 test method
replacement. If these items are OK, replace the transformer T804.
TV does not turn the POWER indicator is not lit, the fuse F801 Operable

  • Disrupted the food chain power transistor V804,
    defective elements of the converter.
    Turn on the TV power switch S801 and
    measure the voltage at the collector 300 in V804. If the voltage is
    zero, check for open circuit S801, F801, T801, R803, D803-D806, T802,
    pin. 3.7 T804, V804. If the voltage is 300 V, and the converter is not
    working (no momentum scale of about 500 V at the collector V804), check
    the following items: R804-R806, V802-V804, S816, R808, D810, N801, pin.
    1-2T804.
  • Defective secondary circuit PIs duty stabilizer
    +5 V (IC703)
    If the drive is working (there are about 500 pulses of scale in the
    collector V804), and the output voltage PIs are not available,
    disconnect the TV from the network, and an ohmmeter check all of the
    secondary circuit to short circuit. If the output voltage is, but
    significantly underestimated (by 50-70%), check the stabilizer 5 (D828,
    V801).

The POWER indicator lights, the TV will not turn on

  • Faulty one chip (N001 or N002) or external elements.
    Check for negative pulses on the pin. 33 N001 at the time of turning on
    the TV. If not, check components D004, V002, S021. If the signal is,
    check the serviceability of the cavity VS01 (10 MHz). Will attempt to
    turn the TV on and check for the presence of low potential (0) on the
    pin. 7 N001. If it is not consistently substitute for chips N002 and
    N001. If everything is normal, inspect the work of Singh-roprotsessora
    scheme and line scan (see below).
  • Included in overload protection of IP. The
    presence of a low building at the pin. 18 N001 at the moment when the TV
    says the protection circuit. Determine the source of the accident - bus
    18 or 24 and eliminate the cause.

No raster and sound

  • Missing one of the voltages on the board and the kinescope picture tube: UHEAT, USCREEN, UFOCUS, UEHT,
    9, 12 and 190 V. Check the existence of these stresses determines the
    absence and eliminate the cause. If there is no high voltage (no
    characteristic crackling while turning on and off the TV), then it is
    connected with the scheme of line scan. Check for pulse at the start
    pin. 1932 N201, they arrive at a preliminary stage on the transistor
    V501 and work on the transistor output stage V502 (the collector should
    be pulses of positive polarity scale around 1000). If the output stage
    does not work, turn off the TV from the network and test all of its
    elements. If the pulses are, and the high voltage is absent, the reason
    TDKS T100.
  • Faulty video processor (inside the N201). If the video span of about 1 V on pin. 18-20 N201 missing, replace this chip.

Raster is, sound and picture are missing, the OSD works
Check the power supply (5 V) tuner A101. Then fed to the antenna
input tuner with a test signal generator include auto-tuning mode and
check the appropriate control signals on the findings of the tuner (see
below). If the signals are there, and the output IF (scale 0,25 ... 0,5
V) is absent, replaced tuner. If there is not one of the control
signals, eliminating the cause. Most often fails stabilizer 33 V (D002).
If the signal IF is the output tuner and it is the input chip N201 (vyv. 6-7), check the video path elements (see below).
In the auto scan TV channels are not memorized
Typically, this occurs because of changes in circuit parameters L203.
Slightly alter the tuning circuit VCO T101 (screw or twist a quarter
turn to the core circuit). Then include autolocate and check the TV. If
there is no result, then adjust this path in the service mode (see
"Electrical adjustments").
There'sa picture, no sound, serviceable UMZCH
First checks the absence of a signal blocking sound on pin. 4 Mk (see
description of the sound track) and the serviceability of key V503 and
V602. Then, in the mode of television reception test sound signal
transmission path Po (see below). Identify and replace the defective
item tract.
TV does not respond to commands from the remote

  • Defective remote control. Initially installed in
    remote known good batteries. To test the use of infrared photodiode, for
    example, an FD-8K, connect his findings to the entrance of the
    oscillograph, the RC sent the photodiode and click one button remote
    control. On the oscilloscope screen to be pulse burst amplitude of about
    0.5 V. If not, check the serviceability of the RC circuit elements:
    chip resonator, the output transistor and an LED. Also must be cleaned
    of dirt and gum card remote control.
  • Defective photodetector IR01, microcontroller
    N001. Press one of the remote control and check for a signal amplitude
    of 4 ... 4,5 V on pin. 3 IR01. If no signal, replace the photodetector.
    If the signal is a problem with the microcontroller.

In the image dominates any of the colors black and white image has a distinct color color
Typically, this occurs because of failure of one of the transistors
(V901-V903) CRT video amplifier on the board or change the settings of
the CRT due to aging. To remedy the defect oscilloscope test circuit of
the signals R, G, B, and also adjusts the white balance in the service
mode (see Section 3).
No color images to color system SECAM
Likely to be defective chip N203 or ee external elements. Set
saturation adjustment to the maximum level. Check the power circuits (5 V
on pin. 16.18), the availability of video on the pin. 13 and 15, N203,
gating pulses on pin. 1917 N203, external elements S709-S712. If the
examination revealed faulty components, replace the chip.
Violated the linearity of Po Horizontal
If using the L506 controller can not adjust the horizontal linearity
of Po, check all the elements of circuit correction: D511, D512, S535,
S536, L504, L505, L507, L509, R518, R519.
The screen is visible to the bright horizontal stripe

  • Faulty chip N201 or ee external elements. Check the
    sawtooth pulses scale 1 ... 1.5 V to pin. 24 IC N201. If not, check the
    capacitors S219-S221 and the elements of the feedback loop: R402, R404,
    R406, R407, S407. If the examination revealed faulty elements, the place
    of the chip.
  • Faulty chip N401 or ee external elements. If
    the sawtooth-shaped pulses to the pin. 4 N401 is, and the output signal
    to the pin. 2 missing (the intensity of the signal around 45 ... 50 V),
    check out the following: L401, V-COIL, C408, R407. If they are OK,
    replace the chip.

Po vertical size is small and is not regulated in the service mode
Check the circuit elements voltodobavki D402 and S405.
Violated the linearity of Po vertically and it is not regulated in the service mode
Check the capacitors S401, S402, S405, S406, S408 (better method of replacement). If they are OK, replace the chip N401.
No sound or picture when dealing with low-input
Check for the presence of the signal (sound - on the pin. 55 N201,
and video - on the pin. 41 N201). If the signals are there, replace the
chip N201.
الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
MSA
مشرف عام
مشرف عام


عدد المساهمات : 542
تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:31 am

Setting TV SONY on the chassis BE-3B




Static and dynamic mixing


See the description of the chassis BE-4. The location of the magnets information, shown in Fig. 1

Color purity

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig. 1
Black level and white balance

  1. Apply the input signal generator with a white point.
  2. Adjust the picture to the lowest level.
  3. Connect voltage 180V on the cathode R, G, B from the external power source.
  4. Watching the picture, adjust the black level
    using a slider RV701 "Screen" to the point that precedes the appearance
    of lines on the screen retrace.

White Balance

  1. Apply the input signal generator with a white field.
  2. Sign in service mode.
  3. In the menu, select "TDA8366 1
    [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
    Figure 2
  4. Press the button on the remote control [White], To enter the chip (Device Menu).
  5. Press [Red] (Next) 10 times to select the HWB RED, adjust by pressing the [+] and [-] to a value of 040.
  6. Press [Red] - To select the HWB GREEN, adjust by pressing the [+] and [-] to the optimum white balance.
  7. Press [Red]To select the HWB BLUE, adjust by pressing the [+] and [-] to the optimum white balance.
  8. Press the [TV], [TV], to remember the details and return to TV mode.

Adjusting subyarkosti, subkontrastnosti and Subcolors


Adjusting subyarkosti

  1. Apply the input signal grayscale.
  2. In service mode, enter "Test" "Test" and 23.
  3. Adjust until level grayscale 0 (cutoff level) will not soon see on the screen.

Adjusting subkontrastnosti.

  1. Apply the input signal containing a small area of ​​100% white on a black background.
  2. Sign in service mode and enter 01, to have the highest level of image, and then type 21.
  3. Connect the oscilloscope to Pin 1 (R OUT)
    CN703 and adjust the value of HWB Red for TDA8366 1 until it reaches
    full swing amplitude (pp) 2.3 V.

Adjusting Subcolors

  1. Apply the input signal colors are in PAL.
  2. Connect the oscilloscope to pin 3 (IN OUT) CN703 on the board S.
  3. In service mode, enter "Test" "Test" and 22
  4. Handling, while the form does not coincide with the figure 3


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig.3
Entering the service mode



  1. Turn on the TV and enter the mode "Stand-by".
  2. Click [Display on screen], [5], [Volume +],
    [TV] on the remote. Will appear in the upper right corner of the symbol
    TT, as well as other information about the condition.
  3. To call the menu screen, press [Menu].
  4. Press [Red] (Next) or [Green] (Previous) to select the chip from the table that corresponds to the position indicating the desired adjustment. Then click on [White].
    [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
    Fig.4

    [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
    Fig.5
  5. Press [Red]
    (Next) or [Green]
    (Previous) to select the symbol adjustment. Then press the [+] and [-] to change data requirements for each standard.
  6. Turn off the power to shut down the service mode, when the adjustment is over.

The initial conditions for the installation of TDA8366 and TDA6622



Table 1
TDA8366 1Initial valueTDA8366 2Initial value
Hue (tint)31Interlace (striping)00
N. Shift (Horizontal Shift)ReferenceSync Mode (Sync mode)00
H. Size (Horizontal Size)ReferenceCol Dec00
Pin Amp (amplitude of the parabola)ReferenceVert Div00
Corn Pin (correction at the corners)ReferenceVidID00
Tilt (tilt)ReferenceEHT Track01
V. Linear (Vertical linearity)ReferenceEn V Grd00
V. Size (vertical size)ReferenceServ Blk00
S. Corr (S - Correction)ReferenceOVP Mode (Mode OVP)00
V. Cent (vertical alignment)ReferenceAspect R00
HWB Red (balance kraen)ReferenceStart Freq (initial frequency)00
HWB Green (Green Balance)ReferenceY / C Input (Input Y / C)00
HWB Blue (white balance)ReferencePAL / NTSC00
Peacing (HF - correction)8Xtal PLL (PLL quartz)00
Bright (bright)32Y Delay (delay Y)07
Colour (color)32RGB Blk00
Picture (picture)37Noise Cor (noise corrector)00
AGC Set (AGC setting)00Fast Blk01
Srce Set 1 (Source 1)00AFC Wind00
Srce Set 2 (Source 2)00IF Sensty (chuvstvit. IF)00
Time Con (Simp. time)03Mod Std (standby)00
Xtal Ind (quartz display)03Vid Mute01
FF Freq (frequency FF)02

Table 2
TDA6622Initial valueTDA6622Initial value
MPX Per00Treble (Treble)07
Quassi St00Bass (bass tone)15
Bass Exp00X Talk Adj
H Pulse (pulse top)00Mute 1 (setting 1)00
Matrix St (matrix stereo)00Mute 2 (setting 2)01
Bypass (bandpass filter)00C1/2LC00
Vol L Sp (level of the left Dynamo)31C1/2KN00
Vol R Sp (level right Dynamo)31Mono (mono)01
Vol HP00Scart (CKAPT)00
PLL Sync (sinhr. PLL)00Scart D (CKAPT D)00
Mute 3 (setting 3)01AM (amplitude modulation)00
Test mode


To enter a test mode, press the [Test], [Test]. Appears on the screen
OSD "TT-". The functions described below, are invoked by pressing the
two buttons with the numbers. In the test mode menu screen to switch the
[Speaker off]. To exit, press [0] [0] or switch the TV to "Stand-by".
To test modes 41-49 TV should be installed on the program 59.

Table 3
00Disable TT
01Setting a maximum level of image
02Installation-level pictures on a minimum
03Setting the value to 35%
04Setting the value to 50%
05Setting the value to 65%
06Setting the value to 80%
07Training conditions (picture and brightness maximum, the volume is minimal)
08The condition of acceptance (analog values ​​are reset
to their original factory-set, selectable program 1, the regime TT off,
set the volume 35%)
09Request flag "Menu"
10Function with the input code 1 0 removed. 10-13 - blank
14Detection AV 16:9 on / off
15Reading the factory settings from non-volatile memory -
read Volume, Balance, Treble, Bass, Brightness, Contrast, Hue,
Sharpness, Color values ​​from ROM to the current use value (the memory
of the last inclusion)
16Remembering the current values ​​as the values ​​to
which resets (Reset) stored Balance, Treble, Bass, Hue, Sharpness at
position Reset
in NVM.
17Preset identify the source of AV.
18Priority RGB on / off
19Removing all pre-notation.
20Function with the input code 20 is removed.
21Subkontrastnost
22Subtsvetnost
23Subyarkost
24Sound standard U, priority RGB off
25Sound standard D, priority RGB off
26Standard audio in the priority RGB off
27By the sound standard, priority RGB off
28Sound standard L, priority RGB off
29Sound standard E, priority RGB off
30Function with the input code 30 is removed.
31A sound standard, priority RGB Inc.
32Bachelorhood
33Automatic adjustment of the AGC
34Adjusting the output N / S
35Manual adjustment of the AGC. 36-39 - unmarried.
40Function with the input code 40 is removed.
41Re-initialization of the nonvolatile memory
42Using only the TV
43Reinitialize the geometric units
44Initialize all the "favorite" page = 100
45Snap off the channel.
46Preset mode infrared channel (IR). Predustnovka channel can run a special infrared transmitter (version 2 and above)
47Bachelorhood
48Installation of test bytes NVM is set to "44h"
49Erasing the test bytes NVM. After selecting these functions off a TV set [Off] and turn [On]
. Non-volatile memory will be pre-from the controller.
Adjusting AGC, PLL channel sound


Adjusting the drive coil (T101) - Standard B / G, D / K, I and L for the continental model

  1. Apply a signal with a frequency of 38.9 MHz and a level of 100 dB relative to 1 mW at the entry point SWF101.
  2. Take the channel so that I.C. was selected for the negative modulation.
  3. Measure the voltage at test point automatic fine tuning (AFT) and adjust (T101) so as to obtain the voltage 2,4 V ± 0,2 B

Adjusting the drive coil (T101) - standard I
models for the UK.


  1. Apply a signal with a frequency of 39.5 MHz and a level of 100 dB relative to 1 mW at the entry point SWF101.
  2. Take the channel so that the HS. was selected for the negative modulation.
  3. Measure the voltage at test point automatic fine tuning (AFT) and adjust (T101) so as to obtain the voltage 2,4 V ± 0,2 B

Adjusting L, range 1 - Standard L for the French model

  1. Apply a signal with a frequency of 33.95 MHz and a level of 100 dB relative to 1 mW at the entry point SWF101.
  2. Take the channel so that I.C. was selected for the positive modulation standard and L Band 1
  3. Measure the voltage at test point automatic
    fine tuning (AFT) and adjust the (RV102) so as to obtain the voltage 2,4
    V ± 0,2 V. Adjust RV102 only after adjusted T101.

Adjusting AGC

  1. Take a non-air signal.
  2. Sign in test mode by typing "Test" "Test" and 35.
  3. Adjust the data, until the screen disappears, "Snow" and cross modulation.
  4. Change the received non-terrestrial channel and make sure you adjust.


[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig.6
Adjusting the system scans



  1. Sign in service mode.
  2. Select and adjust each parameter to obtain the desired image


Table 4
NumberpositionDesignation Adjustment
03N. Shift (Horizontal Shift)
04H. Size (Horizontal Size)
05Pin Amp (amplitude of the parabola)
06Corn Pin (correction at the corners)
07Tilt (trapezoid)
08V. Linear (Vertical linearity)
09V. Size (vertical size)
0AS. Corr (S - Correction)
0VV. Cent (vertical alignment)
Parameter V. ANGLE (parallelogram) is regulated by variable resistor RV301 onboard D.
In analyzer EE-3


Switching to the identification of errors using the BE-3 occurs in one of two ways:

  1. Busy bus.
  2. Device does not respond to commands.

In the case of one of these situations, the program will try, first, to
release the bus if it is busy (in case of failure of this will be
reported to the continuous flashing LED) and then connect each device to
be relevant to test them for defects. If found defective unit, its
number will be displayed on the Side, a series of flashes (see Table
transcript. 5), thus reported non-fatal errors.
If you found a fatal error, the receiver will simply remain in the
condition it was in when the error occurred, if the error is not fatal,
the receiver will attempt to continue.

Table 5
DeviceAmountoutbreaksFatal Error
NVM (nonvolatile memory)2...9+
Teletext10-
Jungle11+
Video Switching12-
Tuner13+
Nicam14-
Sound Control15+
Recommendations for repair


These recommendations are only necessary for those TVs in the scheme which has not made those changes.

Tv model KV-M2540K and KV-M2541K

Symptom:No screen, high-voltage sound, television remains in "Stand-by".
Reason: damage to the bit reset memory chip IC002, Dress A, ST24C16CM1-TR / A (9-759-277-89)
Decision: should first try to restart the operation memory chip
without replacement. To do this, set the jumper on the motherboard A -
pin 9 connector CN001-7 on the ground (slant boards and in front of a
contact, 9 - upper row).
WARNING! Jumper removes protection! Then enter the following commands from the service desk:
[5], [-/--], [5], [9], [T] [T], [4], [9]
When using an ordinary remote control command sequence is as follows:
[5], [-/--], [5], [9], [Stand-by], [Display on screen], [5], [Volume +], [TV], [4], [9]
Then turn off the TV button on the front, wait until the LED goes out
and turn on the TV again. After a few seconds the image should appear.
Remove the jumper on the motherboard A, tune the geometry, if necessary -
the white balance. Then, in a test mode command 27 (Destination = K).
If after 2-3 attempts failed to get the picture appears, replace the
memory chip and make the necessary adjustments. In order to avoid
repeated data corruption Mc memory, make the following changes on the
board of A (see Figure 7):

[ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]

Fig.7

  1. Install the transistor Q305 and resistor R304.
  2. Remove capacitor C30
  3. Cut track 5V - Pin 8 MS002 Q305:
    2SC2412K-T-146, p / n 8-729-907-23 or JC-501-1, p / n 8-729-907-23 R304:
    10K, 0,1 W , p / n 1-247-855-81 or p / n 1-247-855-91

These changes have been made in the design of television sets starting from the head. № 4046344 (KV-M2540K) and number
40003101 (KV-M2541K).
In the case of repeated detection of a similar defect in the already modified TV should:

  1. Replace memory chip IC002: p / n 8-759-277-89
  2. Install a later version of the processor IC001:
    p / n 8-752-862-91 /

Symptom: can meet different indications:

  • no text: the importance of "FAST BLK" in the service menu should be 01 instead of 00

  • Jumping picture: the importance of "INTERLACE" in the service menu should be 00 instead of 01

  • Geometric distortion: change vertical size, etc.

  • recorded in the standby mode, "Stand-by"


  • Reason: a software bug related to menu replacement program ("programme
    exchange ").
    Decision: replace the chip on board A in accordance with Table 6.

    Table 6
    KV-M254 SeriesA, K, KR, D, BCXP85232-122Q
    (8-752-864-83)
    CXP85232-126Q
    (8-752-862-91)
    KV-M254 SeriesU, L, ECXP85232-124Q
    (8-752-864-85)
    CXP85232-128Q
    (8-752-862-93)
    Symptom: when viewing dark scenes images from the video input or
    the tuner in the top of the screen is visible to the uniform
    illumination, the brightness which gradually decreases toward the center
    of the screen.
    Reason: incomplete passage of low-frequency video signal due to
    lack of resistor R345 (the illumination at the image with video input)
    or R323 (the illumination when taking pictures with a tuner).
    Decision: install the missing resistor - METAL GLASE 47K 5% 0.1W (1-216-089-00)
    Symptom: when viewing dark scenes images from the video input or
    the tuner in the top of the screen is visible illumination as a bright
    spot.
    Reason: reflected measuring pulse circuit auto white balance on the inner surface of the kinescope.
    Decision: achieve a more uniform reflection by a minor change
    and. After adjustment to verify the absence of reflection for a signal
    black field SECAM system through an antenna and low-frequency inputs, as
    well as the absence of a signal.
    الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
    MSA
    مشرف عام
    مشرف عام


    عدد المساهمات : 542
    تاريخ التسجيل : 16/06/2010

    مُساهمةموضوع: رد: مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma   الجمعة أبريل 22, 2011 2:33 am

    Diagnosis and service mode chassis SONY BE-3B




    Diagnosis and repair of modern TVs
    I2C bus is almost impossible without knowing the codes
    errors, service modes and model
    faults. The information in this article
    information will help you quickly and efficiently find and
    eliminate the defects that are characteristic for the Sony
    KV-M2540 (41) K with the chassis BE-3B.
    TV with I2C bus are not "black
    boxes ", as is sometimes assumed. For
    ease of repair and adjustment of such class
    equipment, there are service mode, and in
    many models starting routine, not only
    tests the basic units of the apparatus, but also gives
    error codes if it detects a fault
    any node. In the latter case, the TV
    simply does not turn on, and not knowing the error codes
    it is sometimes very difficult to proceed with the repair.
    In this case, the fault can try
    found by replacing the core modules or
    chips.
    BLOCK DIAGRAM


    Consider some of the features diagnostic
    and repair of televisions with digital control on
    example of the model Sony KV-M2540 (41) K, developed on the basis
    Chassis BE-3B.
    TV M2540 is controlled by the processor. As in
    many of today's models, its functional
    nodes have their own internal controllers
    interacting with which the processor sets
    configuration settings and controls on these nodes
    bus I2C. I2C bus consists of two lines. According to one
    are synchronized, on the other - sharing
    data and addressing devices (nodes). Each
    device that communicates with
    processor is assigned an individual
    fixed address.
    Structured wiring devices and
    processor is shown in Fig. 1.

    [ندعوك للتسجيل في المنتدى أو التعريف بنفسك لمعاينة هذه الصورة]
    Fig. 1. Structured wiring devices and
    processor with an I2C bus
    Connector «Service connection» is intended for
    connect your TV to a PC via
    COM-port of the latter. This enables us to
    simple device to read the content
    nonvolatile memory, which subsequently
    may need to reset the
    TV replacing the corresponding
    chip. However, the program for this
    procedures are usually absent. Therefore,
    have to restore all settings
    manually, or use the programmer for EEPROM
    24Cxx.
    ERRORS


    In carrying out home routines after
    turn on the TV processor, turning to
    each device that analyzes the
    performance. If the result is
    negative, the processor signals the
    refusal. LED is on standby
    TV front panel begins to cyclically
    flare with a slight pause between cycles.
    The number of outbreaks in the cycle and there is an error code. In
    our model your TV there
    fifteen codes, but they are sufficient,
    to facilitate the identification
    malfunction.
    Error codes are listed in Table 1.

    DeviceError CodeFatal Error
    NVMO12*
    NVM113*
    NVM214*
    NVM315*
    NVM416*
    NVM517*
    NVM618*
    NVM719*
    Teletext10
    Jungle11*
    Video_sw12
    Tuner13*
    Nicam14
    Audio_cont15*

    1 EEPROM non-volatile memory
    Table 1. Error Codes
    SERVICE MODE


    If the waiver is not critical and the TV turns on, it becomes accessible service mode.
    Enter into it, you can use the remote control
    using the following sequence of buttons: «Display +» -
    "5» - «Vol +» - «TV». When entering the service mode in
    top right corner of the screen we see a hint
    to enter the test command «TT: _ _», which
    recruited buttons to switch programs
    remote control.
    Test commands are given in Table 2.

    TeamValue
    00 Switch: «TT_ _» mode off
    01 Set picture level to maximum
    02 Set picture level to minimum
    03 Set volume to 35%
    04 Set volume to 50%
    05 Set volume to 65%
    06 Set volume to 80%
    07 Ageing condition volume min.
    08 Shipping condition Analog values ​​are RESET to factory setting
    09 Set flag for Language Menu on first switch on
    10 No function
    11 Dummy
    12 Dummy
    13 Dummy
    14 Forced AV 16:9 detection on / of
    15 Read factory setting from NVM - Reads Volume
    16 Save actual used values ​​as RESET values-Memorize actual used values ​​Balance
    17 Preset Label for AV sources
    18 RGB priority on / of
    19 Clear all preset labels
    20 No function
    21 Sub Picture
    22 Sub Color
    23 Sub Brightness
    24 Destination = U
    25 Destination = D
    26 Destination = B
    27 Destination = K (Set System DK)
    28 Destination = L
    29 Destination = E
    30 No Function
    31 Destination = A
    32 Dummy
    33 Auto AGC
    34 N / S Pin Adjust
    35 Manual AGC Adjust
    36 Dummy
    37 Dummy
    38 Dummy
    39 Dummy
    40 No function
    41 Re-initialize NVM
    42 Initialize for factory channels
    43 Initialize Geometry settings
    44 Initialize all favorite pages to 100
    45 Switch off all channel locks
    46 Dealer commander mode
    47 Dummy
    48 Set NVM test byte to 44h
    49 Erase NVM test byte
    50 No function
    51 60 programs
    52 100 programs

    Table 2. Test team
    In addition to testing teams, the service mode
    there are four subsections to configure
    TV, access to which can be obtained
    pressing the "Menu". The choice of sub-
    by pressing the green button, and input
    subsection - "white."
    The topics are listed in the service mode
    Tables 3 - 6.
    TYPICAL FAULT


    As an example, consider two model
    defect, a common distinguishing feature of
    which is the lack of horizontal run
    sweep.
    In the first case when the TV
    error code 13, corresponding
    failure tuner. If there is evidence that in
    the operation of the image is sometimes frustrated
    a broad streak along the diagonal, it
    is a clear sign of lack of
    clock coming from the amplitude
    selector on the master oscillator and a lowercase
    HR scans.
    To eliminate this fault sometimes
    enough propayat tuner inside cabinet
    contact which is connected to a 15-m output
    chip. In the second case, the LED does not issue
    No error codes, since the chip IC02
    (ST24C16CM1-TR / A) disappeared "bitik" information for
    reboot start the program.
    Often this defect occurs when the hostess,
    wiping the TV screen, held a wet
    cloth on the buttons on the front panel
    bits on it a static charge accumulated
    in contact with the CRT. In this case,
    try to recover the lost bits.
    To this end earthed 9 th pin terminal
    CN001 on the board of A, and from the remote control to serve
    photodetector Service command: "5" - «-/-» - "59" -
    «Power» - «Display» - «5» - «+ Vol» - «TV» - «49", which
    overwrites the memory of the initial factory
    installation.
    > Turn off the TV, remove the jumper, and
    verify that the problem is a defect.
    If the defect is withdrawn, then the recovery
    Sound system DK, which is absent in the original
    firmware, be sure to submit the following command:
    "1» - «Power» - «Display» - «5» - «+ Vol» - «TV» - «27".
    In this case, the installed system
    depends not only sound but also the frequency grid
    settings on the channels. If the attempt to rewrite
    Memory does not bring positive results,
    change the chip IC02 (ST24C16CM1-TR / A).
    Without leaving the service mode, in which we
    hit by submitting the last command, we can immediately
    begin setting up the geometry of the image
    white balance adjustment and correction of the raster.
    For this to your TV for the first program
    connect the TV-generator, tuned to the first
    frequency channel, press the "Menu" button on the
    remote control, select the IC TDA8366-1 "green" button, and
    using "white" are entering a setup mode.
    Produce a setting in Table 3.
    It should be noted that the parameter «V. ANGLE »
    controlled variable resistor on the board «D»
    (RV301).

    FunctionValue
    Hue 31
    N. Shift Adj
    H. Size Adj
    Pin Amp Adj
    Corn Pin Adj
    Tilt Adj
    V. Linear Adj
    V. Size Adj
    S. Corr Adj
    V. Centr Adj
    HWB Red Adj 35 - 40
    HWB Green Adj 35 - 40
    HWB Blue Adj 35 - 40
    Peaking 8
    Bright 32
    Color 32
    Picture 37
    AGC Set 00
    Sere Sell (source selection) 00
    Sere Sel2 00
    Time Con 03
    Xtal Ind 02
    FF Freq 02

    Table 3. Subpart service mode
    TDA8366 (1-setup test)
    It is also worth mentioning the two constructive
    Sound tract defects characteristic of
    TV chassis BE-3B, manufactured before 1994
    1) Sometimes the sound disappears. Remedy: for blocks
    IFH389AEP in the model KV-25HK and IFH389EE in the model KV-2551K change
    parameters consistent RC-circuit connecting
    Conclusion 5 TDA9814T chip to ground
    (Resistor increased to 1.5 ohms, and
    capacitance - up to 0.22 uF). Delete
    capacitor, standing parallel to the chain.
    2) listens for clicks in the speaker
    system. In the clock clicks on the withdrawal of 11 Products
    TDA9814T observed low-frequency noise.
    Remedy: exclude Filter 5.74 MHz. Between
    output 17 circuits and the common wire set
    resistor 100 ... 200 ohms. Between the terminal 14
    and the common wire to install capacitor
    capacity of 100 ... 200 pF.

    FunctionValue
    Interlace 00
    Sync Mode 00
    Col Dec 00
    Vert Div 00
    Vid ID 00
    EHT Track 01
    En V Grid 00
    Serv BIk (quenching half of the screen) 00
    OVP Mode (Mode surge protection 00
    Aspect R 00
    Start Freq 00
    Y / C Input (ban VHS) 00
    PAL / NTSC 00
    Xtal PLL 00
    Y Delay 07
    RGB BIk 00
    Noise Cor 00
    Fast BIk (the image appears bezel) 01
    AFC Wind 00
    IF Sensty 00
    Mod Std 00
    Vid Mute 01

    Table 4. Subpart service mode
    TDA8366 (2-setup test)
    FunctionValueFunctionValue
    MPX per 00 Treble 08
    Quasi St 00 Bass 09
    Bass Exp 00 X Talk Adj Adj
    H. Pulse 00 Mute 1 00
    Matrix St 00 Mute 2 01
    Bypass 00 C1/2LS 00
    Vol L Sp 07 C1/2KH 00
    Vol R Sp 07 Mono 01
    Vol HP 00 Scart 00
    Pll Sync 00 Scart D 00
    Mute 3 01 AM 00

    Table 5. Subpart service mode
    TDA6612 (3-setup test)
    FunctionValueFunctionValue
    Mon M1 01 Mute Def 00
    DM Select 01 AMDIS 00
    SSWIT 123 07 E Max 80
    Port2 00 E Min 01

    Table 6. Subpart service mode
    SAA7283 (4-setup test)
    الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة اذهب الى الأسفل
     
    مراجع ودوائر وأعطال و شرح صيانة -CRT-LCD -plasma
    استعرض الموضوع السابق استعرض الموضوع التالي الرجوع الى أعلى الصفحة 
    صفحة 2 من اصل 4انتقل الى الصفحة : الصفحة السابقة  1, 2, 3, 4  الصفحة التالية

    صلاحيات هذا المنتدى:لاتستطيع الرد على المواضيع في هذا المنتدى
    أشرف عثمان للإلكترونيات :: قسم الصيانة - Repair-TV :: -3D-HD-LCD- Projector - Plasma-
    انتقل الى: